]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 | 81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
888dde65 | 82 | #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" |
0c589ad0 | 83 | |
750b78ba | 84 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 85 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
86 | #endif |
87 | ||
789295bf VZ |
88 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
89 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
90 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
91 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
92 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
93 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
94 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
95 | ||
d9317fd4 | 96 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 97 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 98 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 99 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
100 | #include <string.h> |
101 | ||
d61c1a6f | 102 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
103 | #include <shellapi.h> |
104 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
105 | #endif |
106 | ||
107 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 108 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
109 | #endif |
110 | ||
dcfd4ac4 | 111 | #if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H |
dbc74bcc WS |
112 | #include <pbt.h> |
113 | #endif | |
2bda0e17 | 114 | |
7f0586ef | 115 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 116 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
117 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
118 | #include <windows.h> | |
119 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
120 | #include <ole2.h> | |
121 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
122 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
123 | #endif |
124 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
125 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
126 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
127 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
128 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
129 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
130 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
131 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
132 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
133 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
134 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
135 | #endif | |
136 | ||
21487550 VZ |
137 | // define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them |
138 | #ifndef AW_CENTER | |
139 | #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001 | |
140 | #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002 | |
141 | #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004 | |
142 | #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008 | |
143 | #define AW_CENTER 0x00000010 | |
144 | #define AW_HIDE 0x00010000 | |
145 | #define AW_ACTIVATE 0x00020000 | |
146 | #define AW_SLIDE 0x00040000 | |
147 | #define AW_BLEND 0x00080000 | |
148 | #endif | |
149 | ||
aafb9978 | 150 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
151 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
152 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
153 | ||
7d86a2d4 VZ |
154 | // if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when |
155 | // resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in | |
156 | // different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it | |
157 | // by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely) | |
f2197644 JS |
158 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
159 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0 | |
160 | #else | |
8e44f3ca | 161 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1 |
f2197644 | 162 | #endif |
8e44f3ca | 163 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
164 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
165 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
166 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
167 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
168 | #else | |
169 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
170 | #endif | |
171 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
172 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
173 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
174 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
175 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
176 | #endif | |
177 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 178 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 179 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 180 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 181 | |
1e6feb95 | 182 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2bda0e17 | 183 | wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
184 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
185 | ||
46fa338b RR |
186 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
187 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
188 | #else | |
2ffa221c | 189 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
46fa338b | 190 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 191 | |
90c1530a VZ |
192 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
193 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
08158721 | 194 | static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 195 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
196 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
197 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
2b053ae9 | 198 | static struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
199 | { |
200 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
201 | wxPoint pos; | |
202 | ||
203 | // last mouse event type | |
204 | wxEventType type; | |
205 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
206 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
207 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
208 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
209 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
210 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
211 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
212 | ||
213 | static MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; | |
214 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
215 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
216 | // private functions | |
217 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
218 | ||
219 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 220 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 221 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 222 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
223 | |
224 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4a712ba3 | 225 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
42e69d6b | 226 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 227 | |
1e6feb95 | 228 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 229 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 KB |
230 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd); |
231 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 232 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
233 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
234 | ||
42b1fb63 | 235 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 236 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
237 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
238 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 239 | |
c48926e1 | 240 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 241 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
242 | { |
243 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
244 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
245 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
246 | ||
247 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
248 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 249 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
250 | |
251 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 252 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 253 | { |
313901f3 | 254 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 255 | } |
c48926e1 | 256 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 257 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
258 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
259 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
260 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
261 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
262 | { | |
263 | /* | |
264 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
265 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
266 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
267 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
268 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
269 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
270 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
271 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
272 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
273 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 274 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 275 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
276 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
277 | { | |
278 | LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
279 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
280 | { | |
281 | // force the parent to have this style | |
282 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE, | |
283 | exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); | |
284 | } | |
285 | ||
286 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
287 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
288 | } |
289 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
290 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
291 | ||
f2325516 JS |
292 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
293 | // On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function | |
294 | // instead | |
295 | bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt) | |
296 | { | |
7d30268c JS |
297 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
298 | { | |
299 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); | |
300 | pt->x = LOWORD(pos); | |
301 | pt->y = HIWORD(pos); | |
302 | } | |
f2325516 JS |
303 | return true; |
304 | } | |
305 | #endif | |
306 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
307 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
308 | // event tables | |
309 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
310 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
311 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
312 | // method | |
313 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
314 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
315 | #else // __WXMSW__ | |
51596bcb | 316 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
6a89f9ee | 317 | |
f3291a82 SC |
318 | // windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls |
319 | // must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as | |
320 | // windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway | |
321 | ||
322 | bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) | |
323 | { | |
324 | const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ; | |
325 | if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) | |
326 | return false ; | |
327 | return true ; | |
328 | } | |
329 | ||
330 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback) | |
51596bcb | 331 | |
6a89f9ee SC |
332 | // make wxWindowList known before the property is used |
333 | ||
321239b6 | 334 | wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
335 | |
336 | template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value) | |
337 | { | |
0c6b0084 | 338 | wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
339 | } |
340 | ||
bc9fb572 JS |
341 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
342 | ||
321239b6 | 343 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
bc9fb572 JS |
344 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
345 | // use them for streaming out | |
5c6c3176 | 346 | |
321239b6 SC |
347 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
348 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
349 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
350 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
351 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
352 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
35bbb0c6 | 353 | |
bc9fb572 | 354 | // old style border flags |
321239b6 SC |
355 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
356 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
357 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
358 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
359 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
cb0afb26 | 360 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
bc9fb572 JS |
361 | |
362 | // standard window styles | |
321239b6 SC |
363 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
364 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
365 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
366 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
cb0afb26 | 367 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
321239b6 SC |
368 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) |
369 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
370 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
371 | ||
372 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) | |
373 | ||
374 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) | |
3a3c8603 DS |
375 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent) |
376 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent ) | |
377 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent ) | |
51741307 SC |
378 | // Always constructor Properties first |
379 | ||
af498247 | 380 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
fb7e28db | 381 | wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") ) |
abb74e0f WS |
382 | wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos |
383 | wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size | |
af498247 | 384 | wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
51741307 SC |
385 | |
386 | // Then all relations of the object graph | |
387 | ||
321239b6 | 388 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
51741307 SC |
389 | |
390 | // and finally all other properties | |
391 | ||
3a3c8603 DS |
392 | wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle |
393 | wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg | |
394 | wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg | |
395 | wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
396 | wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
51741307 SC |
397 | #if 0 |
398 | // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses | |
8b5d5223 | 399 | wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 | 400 | wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont , ) |
8b5d5223 | 401 | wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 DS |
402 | // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width |
403 | // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels | |
6a89f9ee | 404 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
405 | wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , ) |
406 | //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , ) | |
407 | // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , ) | |
408 | wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , ) | |
6a89f9ee SC |
409 | |
410 | ||
411 | ||
51741307 | 412 | #endif |
321239b6 | 413 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
51596bcb | 414 | |
321239b6 SC |
415 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) |
416 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
51596bcb | 417 | |
321239b6 | 418 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) |
6a89f9ee | 419 | |
51596bcb | 420 | #else |
1e6feb95 | 421 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) |
51596bcb | 422 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
423 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__ |
424 | ||
425 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 426 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
8681b094 | 427 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground) |
79099b80 | 428 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 429 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 430 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
431 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
432 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
433 | // =========================================================================== |
434 | // implementation | |
435 | // =========================================================================== | |
436 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
437 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
438 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
439 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | ||
2bda0e17 | 441 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 442 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 443 | { |
1e6feb95 | 444 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 445 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
446 | if ( item ) |
447 | { | |
90e572f1 | 448 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
449 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
450 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
451 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
452 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
453 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
454 | { |
455 | return item; | |
456 | } | |
457 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 458 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 459 | |
222ed1d6 | 460 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
461 | while (current) |
462 | { | |
42e69d6b | 463 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 464 | |
42e69d6b | 465 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 466 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 467 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 468 | |
42e69d6b | 469 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 470 | } |
42e69d6b | 471 | |
2d0a075d | 472 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
473 | } |
474 | ||
475 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 476 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 477 | { |
222ed1d6 | 478 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 479 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 480 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
481 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
482 | ||
2d0a075d | 483 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 484 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 485 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 486 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 487 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
488 | if ( !controlOnly |
489 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
490 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
491 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
492 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 493 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
494 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
495 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
496 | return item; |
497 | else | |
498 | { | |
499 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
500 | return item; | |
501 | } | |
502 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
503 | |
504 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 505 | } |
2d0a075d | 506 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
507 | } |
508 | ||
509 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 510 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 511 | { |
08158721 | 512 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
513 | } |
514 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
515 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
516 | // constructors and such | |
517 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
518 | ||
1e6feb95 | 519 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 520 | { |
cc2b7472 | 521 | // MSW specific |
08158721 | 522 | m_isBeingDeleted = false; |
5a403e3f | 523 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
524 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
525 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 526 | |
a1037371 | 527 | m_frozenness = 0; |
d7cbabe0 | 528 | |
319fefa9 | 529 | m_hWnd = 0; |
220f77b0 | 530 | m_hDWP = 0; |
319fefa9 | 531 | |
2d0a075d JS |
532 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
533 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 534 | |
67644c1d RD |
535 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
536 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
537 | |
538 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
539 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
540 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
541 | } |
542 | ||
2bda0e17 | 543 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 544 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 545 | { |
08158721 | 546 | m_isBeingDeleted = true; |
2bda0e17 | 547 | |
2e9f62da | 548 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 549 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 550 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 551 | { |
085ad686 | 552 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
553 | if ( frame ) |
554 | { | |
c5053639 | 555 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 556 | { |
085ad686 | 557 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 558 | } |
4552892f VZ |
559 | |
560 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
561 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
562 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
563 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
564 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
565 | } |
566 | } | |
2e9f62da | 567 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 568 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 569 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 570 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
571 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
572 | DestroyChildren(); | |
573 | ||
cc2b7472 | 574 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 575 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
576 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
577 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
578 | { |
579 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 580 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
df61c009 | 581 | } |
2bda0e17 | 582 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
583 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
584 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
585 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 586 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
587 | } |
588 | ||
fd3f686c | 589 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
590 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
591 | wxWindowID id, | |
592 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
593 | const wxSize& size, | |
594 | long style, | |
595 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 596 | { |
08158721 | 597 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 598 | |
8d99be5f | 599 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 600 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 601 | |
fd3f686c | 602 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 603 | |
b2d5a7ee | 604 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 605 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
606 | |
607 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 608 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
609 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
610 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
611 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
612 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 613 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 614 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 615 | |
ff792344 | 616 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
617 | { |
618 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
619 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 620 | |
45956e37 VZ |
621 | if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) |
622 | return false; | |
623 | ||
624 | InheritAttributes(); | |
625 | ||
626 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
627 | } |
628 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
629 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
630 | // basic operations | |
631 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
632 | ||
1e6feb95 | 633 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 634 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 635 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
636 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
637 | ||
7f0586ef | 638 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 639 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 640 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 641 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
642 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
643 | { | |
5262eb0a | 644 | #if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
645 | // was there really an error? |
646 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
647 | if ( dwRes ) | |
648 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
649 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
650 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
651 | { | |
652 | wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes); | |
653 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 654 | } |
5262eb0a | 655 | #endif // Debug |
1e6feb95 | 656 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
657 | } |
658 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
659 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
660 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
661 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
662 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
663 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
664 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
665 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
666 | { | |
667 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
668 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
669 | |
670 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
671 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
672 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
673 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
674 | } |
675 | ||
42e69d6b | 676 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 677 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
678 | { |
679 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
680 | if ( hWnd ) | |
681 | { | |
a2242341 | 682 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
683 | } |
684 | ||
685 | return NULL; | |
686 | } | |
687 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 688 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 689 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 690 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
cc2b7472 | 691 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 692 | ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable); |
2bda0e17 KB |
693 | } |
694 | ||
1e6feb95 | 695 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
696 | { |
697 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 698 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
699 | |
700 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 701 | |
a068160f VZ |
702 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
703 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
704 | // | |
705 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
706 | // foo->Hide(); | |
707 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
708 | // | |
709 | // should work without errors | |
710 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 711 | { |
a068160f | 712 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
713 | } |
714 | ||
08158721 | 715 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
716 | } |
717 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
718 | bool |
719 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
720 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
721 | unsigned timeout, | |
722 | wxDirection dir) | |
723 | { | |
724 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); | |
725 | ||
726 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
727 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
728 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
729 | { | |
730 | wxLogNull noLog; | |
731 | ||
732 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(_T("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM); | |
733 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); | |
734 | ||
735 | s_initDone = true; | |
736 | ||
737 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
738 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
739 | } | |
740 | ||
741 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
742 | return Show(show); | |
743 | ||
744 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() | |
745 | ||
746 | if ( !timeout ) | |
747 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
748 | ||
749 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
750 | bool needsDir = false; | |
751 | switch ( effect ) | |
752 | { | |
753 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL: | |
754 | needsDir = true; | |
755 | break; | |
756 | ||
757 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE: | |
758 | needsDir = true; | |
759 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE; | |
760 | break; | |
761 | ||
762 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
763 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
764 | break; | |
765 | ||
766 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
767 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
768 | break; | |
769 | ||
770 | ||
771 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
772 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid window show effect") ); | |
773 | return false; | |
774 | ||
775 | default: | |
776 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown window show effect") ); | |
777 | return false; | |
778 | } | |
779 | ||
780 | if ( needsDir ) | |
781 | { | |
782 | switch ( dir ) | |
783 | { | |
784 | case wxTOP: | |
785 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
786 | break; | |
787 | ||
788 | case wxBOTTOM: | |
789 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
790 | break; | |
791 | ||
792 | case wxLEFT: | |
793 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
794 | break; | |
795 | ||
796 | case wxRIGHT: | |
797 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
798 | break; | |
799 | ||
800 | default: | |
801 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown window effect direction") ); | |
802 | return false; | |
803 | } | |
804 | } | |
805 | else // animation effect which doesn't need the direction | |
806 | { | |
807 | wxASSERT_MSG( dir == wxBOTTOM, | |
808 | _T("non-default direction used unnecessarily") ); | |
809 | } | |
810 | ||
811 | ||
812 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) | |
813 | { | |
814 | wxLogLastError(_T("AnimateWindow")); | |
815 | ||
816 | return false; | |
817 | } | |
818 | ||
819 | return true; | |
820 | } | |
821 | ||
42e69d6b | 822 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 823 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 824 | { |
c48926e1 | 825 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
826 | } |
827 | ||
828 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 829 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
830 | { |
831 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
832 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
833 | } | |
834 | ||
94633ad9 | 835 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 836 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 837 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 838 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 839 | { |
1e6feb95 | 840 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 841 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
842 | } |
843 | ||
94633ad9 | 844 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 845 | { |
1e6feb95 | 846 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 847 | { |
1e6feb95 | 848 | wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 849 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
850 | } |
851 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
852 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
853 | { | |
854 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
855 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
856 | } | |
857 | ||
858 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 859 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
860 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
861 | { | |
862 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 863 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 864 | } |
195896c7 | 865 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
866 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
867 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
868 | { | |
869 | WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 870 | |
223d09f6 | 871 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 872 | |
c50f1fb9 | 873 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 874 | } |
2bda0e17 | 875 | |
08158721 | 876 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 877 | } |
1e6feb95 | 878 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 879 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
880 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
881 | { | |
882 | // no change | |
08158721 | 883 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
884 | } |
885 | ||
8e75dca8 VZ |
886 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
887 | if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 888 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
889 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
890 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
891 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
892 | if ( !set ) | |
893 | { | |
894 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
895 | ||
896 | POINT point; | |
897 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
898 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&point); | |
899 | #else | |
900 | ::GetCursorPos(&point); | |
901 | #endif | |
902 | ||
903 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
904 | ||
905 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
906 | } | |
907 | ||
908 | if ( set ) | |
909 | { | |
910 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
911 | } | |
912 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 913 | } |
3a19e16d | 914 | |
08158721 | 915 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
916 | } |
917 | ||
d7e0024b | 918 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 919 | { |
1e6feb95 | 920 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 921 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
922 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
923 | { | |
924 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos")); | |
925 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
926 | } |
927 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 928 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 929 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 930 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
931 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
932 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
933 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
934 | { | |
935 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 936 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
937 | verMaj >= 5; |
938 | } | |
939 | ||
940 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
941 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
942 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
943 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
944 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
945 | } |
946 | } | |
947 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
948 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
949 | // scrolling stuff | |
950 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 951 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
952 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
953 | { | |
954 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
955 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
956 | #else | |
f676b387 | 957 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 958 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 959 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 960 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 961 | |
7f0586ef | 962 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 963 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
964 | #endif |
965 | } | |
966 | ||
1e6feb95 | 967 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 968 | { |
42e69d6b | 969 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9cd6d737 VZ |
970 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
971 | ||
0cf5de11 | 972 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT); |
42e69d6b | 973 | } |
2bda0e17 | 974 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
975 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
976 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 977 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 978 | { |
7f0586ef | 979 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 980 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 981 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 982 | return 0; |
7f0586ef | 983 | #if 0 |
0cf5de11 VZ |
984 | ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
985 | &minPos, &maxPos); | |
7f0586ef | 986 | #endif |
f676b387 | 987 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef JS |
988 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
989 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, | |
f676b387 RD |
990 | orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
991 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
7f0586ef | 992 | { |
f676b387 RD |
993 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
994 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
995 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); | |
7f0586ef JS |
996 | } |
997 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
998 | |
999 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
1000 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 1001 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1002 | |
1e6feb95 | 1003 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 1004 | { |
0cf5de11 | 1005 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
1006 | } |
1007 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1008 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 1009 | { |
5f3286d1 VZ |
1010 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1011 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); | |
72fd19a1 | 1012 | |
0cf5de11 | 1013 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1014 | info.nPage = 0; |
1015 | info.nMin = 0; | |
1016 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1017 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1018 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1019 | { | |
1020 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1021 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1022 | } | |
2d0a075d | 1023 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1024 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1025 | &info, refresh); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
1026 | } |
1027 | ||
42e69d6b | 1028 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1029 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1030 | int pos, | |
1031 | int pageSize, | |
1032 | int range, | |
1033 | bool refresh) | |
1034 | { | |
1035 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; | |
1036 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1037 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1038 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1039 | info.nPos = pos; |
1040 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1041 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1042 | { | |
1043 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1044 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1045 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1046 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1047 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1048 | if ( hWnd ) | |
81d66cf3 | 1049 | { |
55a667b6 JS |
1050 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1051 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1052 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
521bf4ff | 1053 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1054 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1055 | &info, refresh); | |
81d66cf3 JS |
1056 | } |
1057 | } | |
1058 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1059 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1060 | { |
574c939e KB |
1061 | RECT rect; |
1062 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1063 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1064 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1065 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1066 | pr = ▭ |
1067 | } | |
1068 | else | |
1069 | { | |
1070 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1071 | |
2d0a075d | 1072 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1073 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1074 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1075 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1076 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1077 | #else |
f797e53d | 1078 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1079 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1080 | } |
1081 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1082 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1083 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1084 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1085 | ||
1086 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1087 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1088 | { | |
1089 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1090 | |
1091 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1092 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1095 | break; | |
1096 | } | |
1097 | ||
1098 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1099 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1100 | |
1101 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1102 | } |
1103 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1104 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1105 | { |
1106 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1107 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1108 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1109 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1110 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1111 | } |
1112 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1113 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1114 | { |
1115 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1116 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1117 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1118 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1119 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1120 | } |
1121 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1123 | // RTL support | |
1124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1125 | ||
1126 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1127 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1128 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1129 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1130 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1131 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1132 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); | |
1133 | ||
1134 | LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
1135 | ||
1136 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1137 | switch ( dir ) | |
1138 | { | |
1139 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1140 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1141 | break; | |
1142 | ||
1143 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1144 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1145 | break; | |
1146 | ||
1147 | default: | |
1148 | wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction")); | |
1149 | break; | |
1150 | } | |
1151 | ||
1152 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew); | |
1155 | } | |
08a58133 | 1156 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1157 | } |
1158 | ||
1159 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1160 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1161 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1162 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1163 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1164 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1165 | wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") ); | |
1166 | ||
1167 | return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL | |
1168 | ? wxLayout_RightToLeft | |
1169 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1170 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1171 | } |
1172 | ||
1173 | wxCoord | |
1174 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1175 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1176 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1177 | { | |
1178 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1179 | // redo it ourselves | |
1180 | return x; | |
1181 | } | |
1182 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1183 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1184 | // subclassing | |
1185 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1186 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1187 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1188 | { |
223d09f6 | 1189 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1190 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1191 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1192 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1193 | |
1194 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); | |
2bda0e17 | 1195 | |
975b6bcf | 1196 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1197 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1198 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1199 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1200 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1201 | { |
975b6bcf | 1202 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1203 | } |
1204 | else | |
1205 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1206 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1207 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1208 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1209 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1210 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1211 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1212 | |
1213 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1214 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
937013e0 | 1215 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1216 | } |
1217 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1218 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1219 | { |
42e69d6b | 1220 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1221 | |
42e69d6b | 1222 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1223 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1224 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1225 | { |
ed4780ea | 1226 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1227 | |
223d09f6 | 1228 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1229 | |
b225f659 | 1230 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1231 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1232 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1233 | { |
975b6bcf | 1234 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1235 | } |
1236 | ||
1237 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1238 | } |
42e69d6b | 1239 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1240 | } |
1241 | ||
a4d1972d | 1242 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1243 | { |
1244 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1247 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); | |
1248 | } | |
a4d1972d | 1249 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1250 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1251 | ||
1252 | SetHWND(wxhwnd); | |
1253 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1257 | { |
ed4780ea | 1258 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1259 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1260 | } |
1261 | ||
1262 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1263 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1264 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1265 | { |
f57f984c RD |
1266 | // TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be |
1267 | // managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as | |
1268 | // wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses() | |
521bf4ff WS |
1269 | |
1270 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1271 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
1272 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
f57f984c RD |
1273 | #else |
1274 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
1275 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
1276 | #endif | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1277 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName; |
1278 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1279 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName; | |
1280 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1281 | wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); | |
1282 | if (str == wxCanvasClassName || | |
1283 | str == wxCanvasClassNameNR || | |
26c2a266 JG |
1284 | #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS |
1285 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") || | |
1286 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") || | |
1287 | #endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1288 | str == wxMDIFrameClassName || |
1289 | str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1290 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName || | |
1291 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1292 | str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent")) | |
1293 | return true; // Effectively means don't subclass | |
f57f984c | 1294 | else |
08158721 | 1295 | return false; |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1296 | } |
1297 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1298 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1299 | // Style handling | |
1300 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1301 | ||
1302 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1303 | { | |
1304 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1305 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1306 | return; | |
1307 | ||
1308 | // update the internal variable | |
1309 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1310 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1311 | // and the real window flags |
1312 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1313 | } | |
1314 | ||
1315 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1316 | { | |
1317 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1318 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1319 | return; | |
1320 | ||
1321 | // update the internal variable | |
1322 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1323 | ||
1324 | // and the real window flags | |
1325 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1326 | } | |
1327 | ||
1328 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1329 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1330 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1331 | // been already created | |
1332 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1333 | return; | |
1334 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1335 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1336 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1337 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1338 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1339 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1340 | ||
1341 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1342 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1343 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1344 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1345 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1346 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1347 | ||
1348 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1349 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1350 | ||
1351 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1352 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1353 | |
1354 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1355 | { | |
1356 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1357 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1358 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1359 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1360 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1361 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1362 | styleReal |= style; | |
1363 | ||
1364 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1365 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1366 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1367 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1368 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1369 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1370 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1371 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1372 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1373 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1374 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1375 | } |
1376 | ||
1377 | // and the extended style | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1378 | long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE); |
1379 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1380 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1381 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1382 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1383 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1384 | ||
1385 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal); | |
1386 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1387 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1388 | callSWP = true; | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | ||
1391 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1392 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1393 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1394 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1395 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1396 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1397 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1398 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1399 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
9ce75461 | 1400 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1401 | { |
1402 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); | |
1403 | } | |
1404 | } | |
1405 | } | |
1406 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1407 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1408 | { | |
28319afe | 1409 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1410 | } |
1411 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1412 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1413 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1414 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1415 | } |
1416 | ||
28bf925c | 1417 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value |
dc797d8e JS |
1418 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment |
1419 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1420 | { | |
1421 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1422 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1423 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1424 | else | |
1425 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1426 | #else | |
1427 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1428 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1429 | { | |
1430 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1431 | { | |
1432 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1433 | if (theme) | |
1434 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1435 | } | |
28bf925c | 1436 | return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; |
dc797d8e JS |
1437 | } |
1438 | #endif | |
1439 | return border; | |
1440 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1441 | } |
1442 | ||
1443 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1444 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1445 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1446 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1447 | |
1448 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1449 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1450 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1451 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1452 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1453 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1454 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1455 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1456 | // system option is turned on | |
1457 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1458 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1459 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1460 | |
1461 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1462 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1463 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1464 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1465 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1466 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1467 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1468 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1469 | ||
1470 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1471 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1472 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1473 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1474 | ||
1475 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1476 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1477 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1478 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1479 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1480 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1481 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1482 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1483 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1484 | { | |
1485 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1486 | ||
7f0586ef | 1487 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1488 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1489 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1490 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1491 | |
fe3d9123 | 1492 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1493 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1494 | default: |
1495 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
1496 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") ); | |
1497 | // fall through | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1498 | |
1499 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1500 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1501 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1502 | break; |
1503 | ||
1504 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1505 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1506 | break; | |
1507 | ||
1508 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1509 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1510 | break; |
1511 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1512 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1513 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1514 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1515 | break; |
1516 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1517 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1518 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1519 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1520 | } |
d515c32d | 1521 | |
09168de7 | 1522 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1523 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1524 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1525 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1526 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1527 | { |
1528 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1529 | } | |
09168de7 | 1530 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1531 | } |
1532 | ||
1533 | return style; | |
1534 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1535 | |
42e69d6b | 1536 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1537 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1538 | { |
1539 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1540 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1541 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1542 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1543 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1544 | { | |
1545 | // get the mouse position | |
1546 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
1547 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1548 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
1549 | #else | |
1e6feb95 | 1550 | ::GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 1551 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1552 | |
1553 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1554 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1555 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1556 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1557 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1558 | ||
1559 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1560 | } | |
1561 | ||
e39af974 | 1562 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1563 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1564 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1565 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1566 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1567 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1568 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1569 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1570 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1571 | { |
51e4e266 | 1572 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1573 | } |
1574 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1575 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1576 | |
24bd6cb9 | 1577 | if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this) && IsShown()) |
e39af974 | 1578 | UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); |
42e69d6b | 1579 | } |
568cb543 | 1580 | |
42e69d6b | 1581 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1582 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1583 | { |
1584 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1585 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1586 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1587 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1588 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1589 | |
42e69d6b | 1590 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1591 | |
ee471817 VZ |
1592 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1593 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
1594 | { | |
1595 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1596 | } | |
1597 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1598 | ||
08158721 | 1599 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1600 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1601 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1602 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1603 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1604 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1605 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1606 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1607 | } |
1608 | ||
1609 | void wxWindowMSW::Freeze() | |
1610 | { | |
a1037371 VZ |
1611 | if ( !m_frozenness++ ) |
1612 | { | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1613 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1614 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a1037371 | 1615 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1616 | } |
1617 | ||
1618 | void wxWindowMSW::Thaw() | |
1619 | { | |
a1037371 | 1620 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") ); |
c0cdd6cc | 1621 | |
8d7eaf91 | 1622 | if ( --m_frozenness == 0 ) |
a1037371 | 1623 | { |
dc993cbf VZ |
1624 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1625 | { | |
1626 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); | |
a1037371 | 1627 | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1628 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area |
1629 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1630 | Refresh(); | |
1631 | } | |
a1037371 | 1632 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1633 | } |
1634 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1635 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1636 | { |
1637 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1638 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1639 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1640 | RECT mswRect; |
1641 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1642 | if ( rect ) |
1643 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1644 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1645 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1646 | } |
1647 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1648 | { |
1649 | pRect = NULL; | |
1650 | } | |
1651 | ||
82e3664e | 1652 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1653 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1654 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1655 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1656 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1657 | ||
1658 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1659 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1660 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1661 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1662 | } |
1663 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1664 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1665 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1666 | { | |
1667 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1668 | { | |
1669 | wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow")); | |
1670 | } | |
2b5f62a0 | 1671 | |
7f0586ef | 1672 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1673 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1674 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1675 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1676 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1677 | } | |
1678 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1679 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1680 | // drag and drop | |
1681 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1682 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1683 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1684 | ||
1685 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1686 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1687 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1688 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1689 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1690 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1691 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1692 | if ( !parent ) | |
1693 | return; | |
1694 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1695 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1696 | node; | |
1697 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1698 | { | |
1699 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1700 | if ( statbox ) | |
1701 | { | |
1702 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1703 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1704 | } | |
1705 | } | |
1706 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1707 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1708 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1709 | ||
1710 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1711 | { | |
1712 | } | |
1713 | ||
1714 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1715 | ||
1716 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1717 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1718 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1719 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1720 | { |
1721 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1722 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1723 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1724 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1725 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1726 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1727 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1728 | { |
1729 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1730 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1731 | } |
42e69d6b | 1732 | } |
42e69d6b | 1733 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1734 | |
90e572f1 | 1735 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1736 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1737 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1738 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1739 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1740 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1741 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1742 | { |
1743 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1744 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1745 | } |
7f0586ef | 1746 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1747 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1748 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1749 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1750 | // tooltips | |
1751 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1752 | |
42e69d6b | 1753 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1754 | |
1e6feb95 | 1755 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1756 | { |
1757 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1758 | |
42e69d6b | 1759 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1760 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1761 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1762 | |
42e69d6b | 1763 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1764 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1765 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1766 | // moving and resizing | |
1767 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1768 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1769 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1770 | { | |
1771 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1772 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || | |
1773 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1774 | return true; | |
1775 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1776 | ||
1777 | return false; | |
1778 | } | |
1779 | ||
42e69d6b | 1780 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1781 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1782 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1783 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1784 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1785 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1786 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1787 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1788 | { | |
1789 | if ( x ) | |
1790 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1791 | if ( y ) | |
1792 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1793 | } | |
1794 | else // use current size | |
0d6fdb3c | 1795 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1796 | { |
1797 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1798 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1799 | if ( x ) |
1800 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1801 | if ( y ) | |
1802 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1803 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1804 | } |
1805 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1806 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1807 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1808 | { |
f2197644 | 1809 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1810 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1811 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1812 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
dc497201 JG |
1813 | RECT rect; |
1814 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1815 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1816 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1817 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1818 | ||
1819 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1820 | ||
1821 | if ( x ) | |
1822 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1823 | if ( y ) | |
1824 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1825 | } |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1826 | else |
1827 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1828 | { | |
1829 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | if ( x ) | |
1832 | *x = rect.right; | |
1833 | if ( y ) | |
1834 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1835 | } | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1836 | } |
1837 | ||
1838 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1839 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1840 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1841 | ||
1842 | wxPoint pos; | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1843 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1844 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1845 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1846 | } |
1847 | else // use current position | |
1848 | { | |
1849 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1850 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1851 | POINT point; |
1852 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1853 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1854 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1855 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1856 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1857 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1858 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1859 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1860 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1861 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1862 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1863 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1866 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1867 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1868 | if ( parent ) |
1869 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1870 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1871 | } |
89e3037c | 1872 | } |
42e69d6b | 1873 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1874 | pos.x = point.x; |
1875 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1876 | } | |
1877 | ||
1878 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1879 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1880 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1881 | { | |
1882 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1883 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1884 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1885 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1886 | |
1887 | if ( x ) | |
1888 | *x = pos.x; | |
1889 | if ( y ) | |
1890 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1891 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1892 | |
1e6feb95 | 1893 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1894 | { |
1895 | POINT pt; | |
1896 | if ( x ) | |
1897 | pt.x = *x; | |
1898 | if ( y ) | |
1899 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1900 | |
82c9f85c | 1901 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1902 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1903 | if ( x ) |
1904 | *x = pt.x; | |
1905 | if ( y ) | |
1906 | *y = pt.y; | |
1907 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1908 | |
1e6feb95 | 1909 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1910 | { |
1911 | POINT pt; | |
1912 | if ( x ) | |
1913 | pt.x = *x; | |
1914 | if ( y ) | |
1915 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1916 | |
82c9f85c | 1917 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1918 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1919 | if ( x ) |
1920 | *x = pt.x; | |
1921 | if ( y ) | |
1922 | *y = pt.y; | |
1923 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1924 | |
86e30911 | 1925 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1926 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1927 | { | |
1928 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1929 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless | |
1930 | // we are a top level window) | |
1931 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1932 | ||
1933 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1934 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1935 | { | |
1936 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1937 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1938 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1939 | { | |
1940 | wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos")); | |
1941 | } | |
1942 | } | |
1943 | ||
1944 | if ( parent ) | |
1945 | { | |
1946 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1947 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1948 | } | |
1949 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1950 | if ( hdwp ) |
1951 | { | |
1952 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1953 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1954 | return true; | |
1955 | } | |
1956 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1957 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
7d86a2d4 | 1958 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1959 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1960 | { |
86e30911 | 1961 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1962 | } |
86e30911 VZ |
1963 | |
1964 | // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, | |
1965 | // ignored otherwise | |
1966 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1967 | } |
1968 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1969 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1970 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1971 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1972 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1973 | if (width < 0) | |
1974 | width = 0; | |
1975 | if (height < 0) | |
1976 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1977 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1978 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1979 | { | |
1980 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1981 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); | |
1982 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
1983 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1984 | } | |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1985 | } |
1986 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1987 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1988 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1989 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1990 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1991 | // | |
1992 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1993 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1994 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1995 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1996 | { |
4438caf4 | 1997 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1998 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1999 | int currentW, currentH; |
2000 | ||
42e69d6b | 2001 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 2002 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 2003 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
2004 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
2005 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 2006 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
2007 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
2008 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 2009 | { |
42e69d6b | 2010 | return; |
4438caf4 | 2011 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2012 | |
422d0ff0 | 2013 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2014 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2015 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2016 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2017 | |
4438caf4 | 2018 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2019 | |
abb74e0f | 2020 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2021 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2022 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2023 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 VZ |
2024 | { |
2025 | size = DoGetBestSize(); | |
2026 | width = size.x; | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | else | |
2029 | { | |
2030 | // just take the current one | |
2031 | width = currentW; | |
2032 | } | |
2033 | } | |
2034 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2035 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2036 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2037 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2038 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2039 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2040 | { |
b782f2e0 | 2041 | size = DoGetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2042 | } |
2043 | //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above | |
a23fd0e1 | 2044 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2045 | height = size.y; |
2046 | } | |
2047 | else | |
2048 | { | |
2049 | // just take the current one | |
2050 | height = currentH; | |
2051 | } | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2054 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2055 | } |
2056 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2057 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2058 | { |
90e572f1 | 2059 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2060 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2061 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2062 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2063 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2064 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2065 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2066 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2067 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2068 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2069 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2070 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2071 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2072 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2073 | { |
2074 | RECT rectClient; | |
2075 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2076 | |
b0268daf | 2077 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2078 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2079 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2080 | { |
2081 | break; | |
2082 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2083 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2084 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2085 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2086 | // window | |
2087 | RECT rectWin; | |
2088 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2089 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2090 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2091 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2092 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2093 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2094 | // adjust if necessary | |
2095 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2098 | if ( parent ) | |
2099 | { | |
b0268daf | 2100 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2101 | } |
2102 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2103 | |
b0268daf | 2104 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2105 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2106 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2107 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2108 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2109 | rectWin.left, | |
2110 | rectWin.top, | |
2111 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2112 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2113 | TRUE) ) | |
2114 | { | |
2115 | wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow")); | |
2116 | } | |
d4597e13 | 2117 | } |
42e69d6b | 2118 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2119 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2120 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2121 | // text metrics | |
2122 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2123 | |
1e6feb95 | 2124 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2125 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2126 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2127 | } |
3eddf563 | 2128 | |
1e6feb95 | 2129 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2130 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2131 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2132 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2133 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2134 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2135 | #else |
2136 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2137 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2138 | } |
f4621a09 | 2139 | |
1e6feb95 | 2140 | void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
34636400 | 2141 | int *x, int *y, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2142 | int *descent, int *externalLeading, |
2143 | const wxFont *theFont) const | |
2144 | { | |
64869ab7 VZ |
2145 | wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(), |
2146 | _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); | |
634903fd | 2147 | |
2d17baae VS |
2148 | wxFont fontToUse; |
2149 | if (theFont) | |
2150 | fontToUse = *theFont; | |
2151 | else | |
2152 | fontToUse = GetFont(); | |
634903fd | 2153 | |
64869ab7 VZ |
2154 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
2155 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse)); | |
341c92a8 | 2156 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2157 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2158 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
e0a050e3 | 2159 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.wx_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2160 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2161 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2162 | if ( x ) |
2163 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2164 | if ( y ) | |
2165 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2166 | if ( descent ) | |
2167 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2168 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2169 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2170 | } |
2171 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2172 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2173 | // popup menu | |
2174 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2175 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2176 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2177 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2178 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2179 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2180 | // | |
2181 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2182 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2183 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2184 | { | |
2185 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2186 | // want to process it here) | |
2187 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2188 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2189 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2190 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2191 | { |
2192 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2193 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2194 | break; | |
2195 | } | |
7de59551 | 2196 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2197 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2198 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2199 | // immediately | |
2200 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2201 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2202 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2203 | } |
2204 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2205 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2206 | { |
2207 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(this); | |
2208 | menu->UpdateUI(); | |
2209 | ||
27d2dbbc | 2210 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb VS |
2211 | { |
2212 | wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
2213 | x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y; | |
2214 | } | |
2215 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2216 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
2217 | HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu); | |
2218 | POINT point; | |
2219 | point.x = x; | |
2220 | point.y = y; | |
2221 | ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point); | |
2222 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu; | |
5cb598ae | 2223 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2224 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2225 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2226 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2227 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2228 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2229 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2230 | // on these systems | |
2231 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2232 | { | |
2233 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2234 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2235 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2236 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2237 | } | |
2238 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2239 | ||
7f0586ef | 2240 | ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2241 | |
90e572f1 | 2242 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2243 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2244 | // | |
2245 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2246 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2247 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2248 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2249 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2250 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2251 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
2252 | ||
2253 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL); | |
2254 | ||
08158721 | 2255 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2256 | } |
2257 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2258 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2259 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2260 | // =========================================================================== |
2261 | // pre/post message processing | |
2262 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2263 | |
c140b7e7 | 2264 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2265 | { |
2266 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) | |
2267 | return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); | |
2268 | else | |
2269 | return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); | |
2270 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 2271 | |
1e6feb95 | 2272 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2273 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2274 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2275 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2276 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2277 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2278 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2279 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2280 | |
2281 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2282 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2283 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2284 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2285 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2286 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2287 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2288 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2289 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2290 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2291 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2292 | ||
2293 | // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the | |
2294 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, | |
2295 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2296 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2297 | { |
977f50f3 | 2298 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2299 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2300 | |
08158721 | 2301 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2302 | bWindowChange = false, |
2303 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2304 | |
573a1586 | 2305 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2306 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2307 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2308 | { |
2309 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2310 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2311 | { | |
2312 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2313 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2314 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2315 | else // use it for navigation |
2316 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2317 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2318 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2319 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2320 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2321 | } |
2322 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2323 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2324 | case VK_UP: |
2325 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2326 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2327 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2328 | else |
08158721 | 2329 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2330 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2331 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2332 | case VK_DOWN: |
2333 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2334 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2335 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2336 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2337 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2338 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2339 | bForward = false; | |
2340 | // fall through | |
2341 | ||
2342 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2343 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2344 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2345 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2346 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2347 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2348 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2349 | bWindowChange = true; |
2350 | break; | |
2351 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2352 | case VK_RETURN: |
2353 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2354 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2355 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2356 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2357 | // this window is a button first | |
2358 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2359 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2360 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2361 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2362 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2363 | // just seems to ignore | |
2364 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2365 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2366 | { | |
2367 | // emulate the button click | |
90c6edd7 | 2368 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2369 | } |
2370 | ||
08158721 | 2371 | bProcess = false; |
319fefa9 | 2372 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2373 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2374 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2375 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2376 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2377 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2378 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2379 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2380 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2381 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2382 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2383 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2384 | ||
0075ea22 | 2385 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2386 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2387 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2388 | { |
2389 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2390 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2391 | // would consume it | |
2392 | return false; | |
2393 | } | |
2394 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2395 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2396 | // the first top level window parent | |
2397 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2398 | break; | |
2399 | ||
2400 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2401 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2402 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2403 | ( | |
2404 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2405 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2406 | 0, | |
2407 | 0 | |
2408 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2409 | } |
2410 | } | |
2411 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2414 | } | |
2415 | ||
2416 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2417 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2418 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2419 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2420 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2421 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2422 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2423 | } |
2424 | ||
2425 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2426 | { | |
2427 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2428 | return true; | |
2429 | } | |
2430 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2431 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2432 | |
7b504551 | 2433 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2434 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2435 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2436 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 2437 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2438 | return true; |
2439 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2440 | } |
2441 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2442 | |
42e69d6b | 2443 | default: |
08158721 | 2444 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2445 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2446 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2447 | if ( bProcess ) |
2448 | { | |
2449 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2450 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2451 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2452 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2453 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2454 | |
937013e0 | 2455 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2456 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2457 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2458 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2459 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2460 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2461 | |
08158721 | 2462 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2463 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2464 | } |
2465 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2466 | |
98ebf919 | 2467 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2468 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2469 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2470 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2471 | } |
42e69d6b | 2472 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2473 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2474 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2475 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2476 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2477 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2478 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2479 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2480 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2481 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2482 | } |
42e69d6b | 2483 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2484 | |
08158721 | 2485 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2486 | } |
2487 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2488 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2489 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2490 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2491 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2492 | #else |
574c939e | 2493 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2494 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2495 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2496 | } |
2497 | ||
98ebf919 | 2498 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2499 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2500 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2501 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2502 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2503 | ||
2504 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2505 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2506 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2507 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2508 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2509 | { | |
2510 | return false; | |
2511 | } | |
2512 | ||
2513 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2514 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2515 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2516 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2517 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2518 | return true; | |
2519 | ||
2520 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2521 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2522 | ||
2523 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2524 | ||
2525 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2526 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2527 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2528 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2529 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2530 | // | |
2531 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2532 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2533 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2534 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2535 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2536 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2537 | { | |
2538 | // pessimistic by default | |
2539 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2540 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2541 | node; | |
2542 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2545 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
98ebf919 VZ |
2546 | !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) & |
2547 | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
2548 | { | |
2549 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2550 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2551 | ||
2552 | break; | |
2553 | } | |
2554 | } | |
2555 | } | |
2556 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2557 | ||
2558 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2559 | { | |
2560 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2561 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2562 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2563 | // this case | |
2564 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2567 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2568 | { | |
2569 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2570 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2571 | ||
2572 | break; | |
2573 | } | |
2574 | ||
2575 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2576 | { | |
2577 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2578 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2579 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2580 | break; | |
2581 | } | |
2582 | ||
2583 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | } | |
2586 | ||
2587 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2588 | } |
2589 | ||
42e69d6b | 2590 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2591 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2592 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2593 | |
1e6feb95 | 2594 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2595 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2596 | { | |
2597 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2598 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2599 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2600 | } |
2601 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2602 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2603 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2604 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2605 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2606 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2607 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2608 | } |
2609 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2610 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2611 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2612 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2613 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2614 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2615 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2616 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2617 | |
1e6feb95 | 2618 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2619 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2620 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2621 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2622 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2623 | } |
2624 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2625 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2626 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2627 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2628 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2629 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2630 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2631 | } | |
c085e333 | 2632 | |
42e69d6b | 2633 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2634 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2635 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2636 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2637 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2638 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2639 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2640 | ||
2641 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2642 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2643 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2644 | { | |
2645 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2646 | } | |
2647 | ||
2648 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2649 | { | |
2650 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2651 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2652 | |
2653 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2654 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2655 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2656 | // trace all messages - useful for the debugging |
2657 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
13e4c4d9 VZ |
2658 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, |
2659 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"), | |
2660 | wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2661 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 2662 | |
1e6feb95 | 2663 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2664 | |
42e69d6b | 2665 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2666 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2667 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2668 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2669 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2670 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2671 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2672 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2673 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2674 | |
42e69d6b | 2675 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2676 | |
b46b1d59 | 2677 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2678 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2679 | else |
b225f659 | 2680 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2681 | |
42e69d6b | 2682 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2683 | } |
2684 | ||
c140b7e7 | 2685 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
f7bd2698 | 2686 | { |
42e69d6b | 2687 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2688 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2689 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2690 | // the return value |
2691 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2692 | { |
42e69d6b | 2693 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2694 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2695 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2696 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2697 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2698 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2699 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2700 | |
42e69d6b | 2701 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2702 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2703 | case WM_CREATE: |
2704 | { | |
2705 | bool mayCreate; | |
2706 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2707 | if ( processed ) | |
2708 | { | |
2709 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2710 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2711 | } | |
2712 | } | |
2713 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2714 | |
42e69d6b | 2715 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2716 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2717 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2718 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2719 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2720 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2721 | break; |
2722 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2723 | case WM_SIZE: |
2724 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2725 | break; |
2726 | ||
42e69d6b | 2727 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2728 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2729 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2730 | |
7f0586ef | 2731 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2732 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2733 | { |
2734 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2735 | wxRect rc; | |
2736 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2737 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2738 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2739 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2740 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2741 | if (processed) { | |
2742 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2743 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2744 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2745 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2746 | } | |
2747 | } | |
5706de1c | 2748 | break; |
a047aff2 | 2749 | #if 0 |
aa767a45 JS |
2750 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2751 | { | |
2752 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2753 | } | |
2754 | break; | |
2755 | ||
2756 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2757 | { | |
2758 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2759 | } | |
2760 | break; | |
a047aff2 | 2761 | #endif |
5706de1c JS |
2762 | case WM_SIZING: |
2763 | { | |
2764 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2765 | wxRect rc; | |
2766 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2767 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2768 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2769 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2770 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2771 | if (processed) { | |
2772 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2773 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2774 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2775 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2776 | } | |
2777 | } | |
2778 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2779 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2780 | |
7f0586ef | 2781 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2782 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2783 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2784 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2785 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2786 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2787 | |
42e69d6b | 2788 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2789 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2790 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2791 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2792 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2793 | ||
2794 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2795 | } |
42e69d6b | 2796 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2797 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2798 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
2799 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2800 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2801 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2802 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
2803 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2804 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2805 | |
c3732409 | 2806 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2807 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2808 | break; |
2809 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2810 | case WM_PAINT: |
2811 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2812 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2813 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2814 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2815 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2816 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2817 | else // no DC given |
2818 | { | |
2819 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2820 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2821 | break; |
2822 | ||
42e69d6b | 2823 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2824 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2825 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2826 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2827 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2828 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2829 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2830 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2831 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2832 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2833 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2834 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2835 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2836 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2837 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2838 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2839 | |
42e69d6b | 2840 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2841 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2842 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2843 | wParam); | |
2844 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2845 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2846 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2847 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2848 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2849 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2850 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2851 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2852 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2853 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2854 | |
2855 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2856 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2857 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2858 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2859 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2860 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2861 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2862 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2863 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
2864 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam); | |
2865 | break; | |
2866 | #endif | |
2867 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2868 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2869 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2870 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2871 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2872 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2873 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2874 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2875 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2876 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2877 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2878 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2879 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2880 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2881 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2882 | { |
98363307 | 2883 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2884 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2885 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2886 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2887 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2888 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2889 | { |
2890 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2891 | { | |
08158721 | 2892 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2893 | break; |
2894 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2895 | |
d0a3d109 | 2896 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2897 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2898 | break; |
2899 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2900 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2901 | if ( processed ) |
2902 | break; | |
2903 | ||
dfafa702 | 2904 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2905 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2906 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2907 | |
42b1fb63 | 2908 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2909 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2910 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2911 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2912 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2913 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2914 | { | |
2915 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2916 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2917 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2918 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2919 | else |
2920 | { | |
2921 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2922 | |
2923 | // this should never happen | |
2924 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
2925 | _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); | |
9f011847 | 2926 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2927 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2928 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2929 | { | |
2930 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2931 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2932 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2933 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2934 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2935 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2936 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2937 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2938 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2939 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2940 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2941 | { | |
2942 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2943 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2944 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2945 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2946 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2947 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 2948 | if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx)) |
f350d4b2 | 2949 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2950 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2951 | return true; |
2952 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2953 | } |
2954 | } | |
2955 | #endif | |
2956 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
2957 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
2958 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
2959 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
2960 | |
2961 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 2962 | |
9f011847 VZ |
2963 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
2964 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
2965 | if ( !processed ) | |
2966 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2967 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
2968 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 2969 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2970 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
2971 | { | |
edc09871 | 2972 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2973 | win->SetFocus(); |
2974 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 2975 | } |
98363307 | 2976 | } |
dfafa702 | 2977 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 2978 | |
cd4453e5 | 2979 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
2980 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
2981 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
2982 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
2983 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
2984 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
2985 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
2986 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
2987 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 VZ |
2988 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
2989 | GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2990 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2991 | wParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2992 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 2993 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 2994 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2995 | case WM_COMMAND: |
2996 | { | |
2997 | WORD id, cmd; | |
2998 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2999 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 3000 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3001 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
3002 | } | |
3003 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 3004 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3005 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
3006 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
3007 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3008 | |
27005f3a VZ |
3009 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
3010 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
3011 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
3012 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
3013 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
3014 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3015 | { | |
3016 | processed = true; | |
3017 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | break; | |
3020 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3021 | ||
08158721 | 3022 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3023 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b VZ |
3024 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
3025 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam; | |
3028 | if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM ) | |
3029 | { | |
3030 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl, | |
3031 | (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3032 | } | |
3033 | else | |
3034 | { | |
3035 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl, | |
3036 | (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3037 | } | |
57a7b7c1 | 3038 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3039 | if ( processed ) |
3040 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3041 | } | |
3042 | break; | |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3043 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3044 | ||
9bf84618 | 3045 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3046 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3047 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3048 | // we always want to get the char events |
3049 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3050 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3051 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3052 | { |
3053 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3054 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3055 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3056 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3057 | } | |
3058 | ||
08158721 | 3059 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3060 | } |
101f488c | 3061 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3062 | break; |
3063 | ||
4004f41e | 3064 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3065 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
9c7df356 VZ |
3066 | // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now |
3067 | // (we've handled it). | |
3068 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3069 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3070 | { |
08158721 | 3071 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3072 | } |
81d66cf3 | 3073 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3074 | if ( !processed ) |
42e69d6b | 3075 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3076 | switch ( wParam ) |
3077 | { | |
90e572f1 | 3078 | // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3079 | // just don't do anything more with them |
3080 | case VK_SHIFT: | |
3081 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3082 | case VK_MENU: | |
3083 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3084 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3085 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
08158721 | 3086 | processed = true; |
2b5f62a0 | 3087 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3088 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3089 | // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: |
3090 | // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received | |
3091 | // in WM_CHAR | |
3092 | case VK_ESCAPE: | |
3093 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3094 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3095 | case VK_BACK: | |
3096 | case VK_TAB: | |
3097 | case VK_ADD: | |
3098 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3099 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3100 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
3f2174bb VZ |
3101 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3102 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3103 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3104 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3105 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3106 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3107 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3108 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3109 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3110 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3111 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3112 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3113 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3114 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3115 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3116 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3117 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
3118 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
3119 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3120 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3121 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
08158721 | 3122 | // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3123 | // to the control's default window proc - otherwise |
3124 | // built-in keyboard handling won't work | |
08158721 | 3125 | processed = false; |
2b5f62a0 | 3126 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3127 | |
42e69d6b | 3128 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3129 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3130 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3131 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3132 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3133 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3134 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3135 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3136 | default: |
3137 | // do generate a CHAR event | |
3138 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3139 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3140 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3141 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3142 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3143 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3144 | |
4004f41e | 3145 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3146 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3147 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3148 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3149 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3150 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3151 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3152 | } |
3153 | else | |
3154 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3155 | { | |
3156 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3157 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3158 | break; |
debe6624 | 3159 | |
170cbe33 | 3160 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3161 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3162 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3163 | { | |
3164 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3165 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3166 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3167 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3168 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3169 | } |
3170 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3171 | { |
08158721 | 3172 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true); |
7de5bdf4 | 3173 | } |
42e69d6b | 3174 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3175 | |
5048c832 JS |
3176 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3177 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3178 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3179 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3180 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3181 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3182 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3183 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3184 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3185 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3186 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3187 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3188 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3189 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3190 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3191 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3192 | } |
42e69d6b | 3193 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3194 | |
42e69d6b | 3195 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3196 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3197 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3198 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3199 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3200 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3201 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3202 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3203 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3204 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3205 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3206 | WXHDC hdc; |
3207 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3208 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3209 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3210 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3211 | } |
42e69d6b | 3212 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3213 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3214 | |
42e69d6b | 3215 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3216 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3217 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3218 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3219 | |
7f0586ef | 3220 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3221 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3222 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3223 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3224 | #endif |
574c939e | 3225 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3226 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
3227 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam); | |
3228 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3229 | |
a5e84126 JS |
3230 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
3231 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam); | |
3232 | break; | |
3233 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3234 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3235 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3236 | break; | |
3237 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3238 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3239 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3240 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3241 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3242 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
3243 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam); | |
3244 | if ( processed ) | |
3245 | { | |
3246 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3247 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3248 | } | |
3249 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3250 | |
7f0586ef | 3251 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3252 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3253 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3254 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3255 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3256 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3257 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
3258 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3259 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3260 | if ( processed ) |
3261 | { | |
3262 | // we never set focus from here | |
3263 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3264 | } | |
3265 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3266 | |
7f0586ef | 3267 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3268 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3269 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3270 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3271 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3272 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3273 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3274 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3275 | |
42e69d6b | 3276 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3277 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3278 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3279 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3280 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3281 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
3282 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam, | |
3283 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test | |
3284 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3285 | ||
3286 | if ( processed ) | |
3287 | { | |
3288 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3289 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3290 | // just set the cursor. | |
3291 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3292 | } | |
3293 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3294 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3295 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3296 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3297 | { | |
3298 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3299 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3300 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3301 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3302 | { |
3303 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3304 | } | |
3305 | break; | |
3306 | } | |
3307 | #endif | |
3308 | ||
e39af974 | 3309 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3310 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3311 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3312 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3313 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3314 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3315 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3316 | processed = true; | |
3317 | ||
3318 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3319 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3320 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3321 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3322 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3323 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3324 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3325 | ( | |
3326 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3327 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3328 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3329 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3330 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3331 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3332 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3333 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3334 | |
a9c11b71 | 3335 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3336 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
7f0586ef | 3337 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3338 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3339 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3340 | { |
3341 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3342 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 3343 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3344 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3345 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3346 | else // unknown help event? |
3347 | { | |
3348 | processed = false; | |
3349 | } | |
3350 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3351 | } |
b96340e6 | 3352 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3353 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3354 | |
7f0586ef | 3355 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3356 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3357 | { |
3358 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3359 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3360 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3361 | ||
3362 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3363 | |
3364 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3365 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3366 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
c140b7e7 | 3367 | if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd ) |
2d1715aa VZ |
3368 | { |
3369 | win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam); | |
3370 | } | |
3371 | ||
3372 | if ( !win ) | |
3373 | win = this; | |
3374 | ||
3375 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
937013e0 | 3376 | processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx); |
4cdc2c13 | 3377 | } |
69231000 | 3378 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3379 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3380 | |
53a118d6 | 3381 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3382 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3383 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3384 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3385 | { | |
3386 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3387 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3388 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3391 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3392 | } |
3393 | } | |
3394 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3395 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3396 | |
dbc74bcc | 3397 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3398 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3399 | { | |
3400 | bool vetoed; | |
3401 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3402 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3403 | } | |
3404 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3405 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3406 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3407 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3408 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3409 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3412 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3413 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3414 | { |
3415 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3416 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3417 | processed = true; | |
3418 | ||
3419 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a themed border | |
3420 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL; | |
3421 | RECT rect; | |
3422 | if (wParam) | |
3423 | { | |
3424 | csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS*)lParam; | |
3425 | rect = csparam->rgrc[0]; | |
3426 | } | |
3427 | else | |
3428 | { | |
3429 | rect = *((RECT*)lParam); | |
3430 | } | |
d935b421 | 3431 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3432 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3433 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3434 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3435 | |
3436 | if (theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3437 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, |
a047aff2 JS |
3438 | &rect, &rcClient) == S_OK) |
3439 | { | |
3440 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
3441 | if (wParam) | |
3442 | csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient; | |
3443 | else | |
3444 | *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient; | |
3445 | rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; | |
3446 | } | |
3447 | } | |
3448 | } | |
3449 | break; | |
3450 | ||
3451 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3452 | { | |
3453 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3454 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3455 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3456 | { |
3457 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3458 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3459 | processed = true; | |
3460 | ||
d935b421 VZ |
3461 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
3462 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); | |
888dde65 | 3463 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3464 | |
3465 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3466 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3467 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3468 | ||
3469 | RECT rcClient; | |
3470 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3471 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); |
a047aff2 JS |
3472 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); |
3473 | ||
888dde65 | 3474 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, |
a047aff2 JS |
3475 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); |
3476 | ||
3477 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3478 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3479 | { | |
888dde65 | 3480 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder); |
a047aff2 JS |
3481 | } |
3482 | ||
3483 | // Draw the border | |
3484 | int nState; | |
3485 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3486 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3487 | // should we check this? | |
3488 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3489 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3490 | else | |
3491 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
888dde65 | 3492 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); |
a047aff2 JS |
3493 | } |
3494 | } | |
3495 | break; | |
3496 | ||
3497 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3498 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3499 | default: |
3500 | // try a custom message handler | |
3501 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3502 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3503 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3504 | { | |
3505 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3506 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3507 | } |
2d0a075d | 3508 | |
42e69d6b | 3509 | if ( !processed ) |
2d0a075d | 3510 | { |
42e69d6b | 3511 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
223d09f6 | 3512 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b VZ |
3513 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
3514 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3515 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3516 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3517 | |
42e69d6b | 3518 | return rc.result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3519 | } |
3520 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3521 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3522 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3523 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3524 | |
1bffa913 | 3525 | wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL; |
b225f659 | 3526 | |
42e69d6b | 3527 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3528 | { |
40ad3426 | 3529 | return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3530 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3531 | |
1e6feb95 | 3532 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3533 | { |
3534 | // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and | |
3535 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing | |
3536 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL, | |
223d09f6 | 3537 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") ); |
4ce81a75 | 3538 | |
c7527e3f | 3539 | wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
b225f659 | 3540 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
c7527e3f JS |
3541 | if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) ) |
3542 | { | |
b225f659 | 3543 | wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"), |
9b601c24 | 3544 | (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); |
c7527e3f | 3545 | } |
b225f659 VZ |
3546 | else |
3547 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3548 | if (!oldWin) | |
c7527e3f | 3549 | { |
d2d14464 | 3550 | wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win); |
c7527e3f | 3551 | } |
42e69d6b | 3552 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3553 | |
1e6feb95 | 3554 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3555 | { |
1bffa913 | 3556 | wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND()); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3557 | } |
3558 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3559 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3560 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3561 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3562 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3563 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3564 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3565 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3566 | { |
42e69d6b | 3567 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3568 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3569 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
3570 | const wxSize& size, | |
3571 | int& x, int& y, | |
3572 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3573 | { |
9cb57df4 | 3574 | // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers |
2a77c8c4 | 3575 | static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200; |
2a77c8c4 | 3576 | |
08158721 | 3577 | bool nonDefault = false; |
c085e333 | 3578 | |
422d0ff0 | 3579 | if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
b225f659 | 3580 | { |
9cb57df4 VZ |
3581 | // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we |
3582 | // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well | |
b225f659 VZ |
3583 | x = |
3584 | y = CW_USEDEFAULT; | |
3585 | } | |
3586 | else | |
a23fd0e1 | 3587 | { |
2a77c8c4 VZ |
3588 | // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it |
3589 | // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then | |
3590 | // and so we have to choose some default value for it | |
b225f659 | 3591 | x = pos.x; |
422d0ff0 | 3592 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y; |
c085e333 | 3593 | |
08158721 | 3594 | nonDefault = true; |
42e69d6b | 3595 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3596 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3597 | /* |
3598 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3599 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3600 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3601 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3602 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3603 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3604 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3605 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3606 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3607 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3608 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3609 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3610 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3611 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3612 | */ | |
b225f659 | 3613 | |
35bbb0c6 | 3614 | |
426936d1 RD |
3615 | // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons: |
3616 | // | |
3617 | // 1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not | |
3618 | // uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half | |
77ffb593 | 3619 | // empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example) |
426936d1 RD |
3620 | // |
3621 | // 2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which | |
3622 | // the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <-> | |
3623 | // window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it | |
3624 | // does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken | |
3625 | // default size anyhow) | |
3626 | // | |
3627 | // 3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is | |
3628 | // possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top | |
3629 | // level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can | |
3630 | // guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well | |
3631 | // ourselves | |
960b193e | 3632 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
3633 | // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default |
3634 | // size if possible. | |
960b193e | 3635 | #ifdef _WIN32_WCE |
422d0ff0 | 3636 | if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3637 | w = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3638 | else | |
3639 | w = size.x; | |
422d0ff0 | 3640 | if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3641 | h = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3642 | else | |
3643 | h = size.y; | |
960b193e | 3644 | #else |
422d0ff0 | 3645 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
426936d1 | 3646 | { |
08158721 | 3647 | nonDefault = true; |
8614c467 | 3648 | } |
426936d1 RD |
3649 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); |
3650 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
960b193e | 3651 | #endif |
8614c467 | 3652 | |
4e9d23cd VZ |
3653 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
3654 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3655 | return nonDefault; |
3656 | } | |
3657 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3658 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3659 | { | |
d285d708 | 3660 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3661 | } |
3662 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3663 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3664 | const wxChar *title, | |
3665 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3666 | const wxSize& size, | |
3667 | WXDWORD style, | |
3668 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3669 | { | |
3670 | // choose the position/size for the new window | |
3671 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3672 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3673 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3674 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3675 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3676 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3677 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3678 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3679 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3680 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3681 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3682 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 VZ |
3683 | { |
3684 | className += wxT("NR"); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3685 | } |
c085e333 | 3686 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3687 | // do create the window |
3688 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3689 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3690 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3691 | ( | |
3692 | extendedStyle, | |
e0a050e3 VS |
3693 | className.wx_str(), |
3694 | title ? title : m_windowName.wx_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3695 | style, |
3696 | x, y, w, h, | |
3697 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
3698 | (HMENU)controlId, | |
3699 | wxGetInstance(), | |
3700 | NULL // no extra data | |
3701 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3702 | |
3703 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3704 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3705 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3706 | |
08158721 | 3707 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3708 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3709 | |
b225f659 | 3710 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3711 | |
08158721 | 3712 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3713 | } |
3714 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3715 | // =========================================================================== |
3716 | // MSW message handlers | |
3717 | // =========================================================================== | |
3718 | ||
3719 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3720 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3721 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3722 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3723 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3724 | { |
04ef50df | 3725 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3726 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3727 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
3728 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd); | |
3729 | ||
2b15b970 | 3730 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3731 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3732 | { |
42e69d6b | 3733 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3734 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3735 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3736 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3737 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3738 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3739 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3740 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3741 | // correct button tooltips | |
3742 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3743 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3744 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3745 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3746 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3747 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3748 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3749 | { | |
08158721 | 3750 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3751 | } |
2d0a075d | 3752 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3753 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3754 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3755 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3756 | |
2b15b970 | 3757 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3758 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3759 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3760 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3761 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3762 | } |
2d0a075d | 3763 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3764 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3765 | ||
3766 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3767 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3768 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3769 | { | |
3770 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3771 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3772 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3773 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3774 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3775 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3776 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3777 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3778 | { |
3779 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3780 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3781 | } |
7f0586ef | 3782 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3783 | |
3784 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3785 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3786 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3787 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3788 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3789 | // | |
3790 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3791 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3792 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3793 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3794 | // | |
3795 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3796 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3797 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3798 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3799 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3800 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3801 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3802 | |
118208ac VZ |
3803 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3804 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3805 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3806 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3807 | |
3808 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3809 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3810 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3811 | ( | |
3812 | CP_ACP, | |
3813 | 0, // no flags | |
b05fde97 | 3814 | ttip.wx_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3815 | tipLength, |
3816 | buf, | |
3817 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3818 | ); | |
3819 | ||
3820 | if ( !len ) | |
3821 | { | |
3822 | wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()")); | |
3823 | } | |
7afebc8c | 3824 | |
118208ac VZ |
3825 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3826 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3827 | } | |
3828 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3829 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3830 | { | |
3831 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3832 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3833 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3834 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
3835 | wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); | |
3836 | buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0'); | |
3837 | ttText->lpszText = buf; | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3838 | } |
3839 | ||
08158721 | 3840 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3841 | } |
3842 | ||
3843 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3844 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3845 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3846 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3847 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3848 | { |
3849 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3850 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3851 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3852 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3853 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3854 | { | |
3855 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3856 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3857 | } |
42e69d6b | 3858 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3859 | #else |
3860 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3861 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3862 | ||
08158721 | 3863 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3864 | } |
2b15b970 | 3865 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3866 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3867 | // end session messages | |
3868 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3869 | |
1e6feb95 | 3870 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3871 | { |
040e5f77 | 3872 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3873 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3874 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3875 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3876 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3877 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3878 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3879 | ||
3880 | if ( rc ) | |
3881 | { | |
3882 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3883 | // negation...) | |
3884 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3885 | } |
3886 | ||
42e69d6b | 3887 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3888 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3889 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3890 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3891 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3892 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3893 | } |
3894 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3895 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3896 | { |
040e5f77 | 3897 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3898 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3899 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3900 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3901 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3902 | // only send once |
3903 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3904 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3905 | |
abb74e0f | 3906 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3907 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3908 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
a17e237f | 3909 | event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) ); |
519dc37f VZ |
3910 | |
3911 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3912 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3913 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3914 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3915 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3916 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3917 | } |
3918 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3919 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3920 | // window creation/destruction | |
3921 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3922 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3923 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3924 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3925 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
3926 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
3927 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
3928 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 3929 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 3930 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
3931 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
3932 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 3933 | |
08158721 | 3934 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 3935 | |
08158721 | 3936 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3937 | } |
3938 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3939 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 3940 | { |
7de59551 | 3941 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3942 | |
3943 | // delete our drop target if we've got one | |
3944 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
3945 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 3946 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3947 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
3948 | ||
3949 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
3950 | m_dropTarget = NULL; | |
2d0a075d | 3951 | } |
42e69d6b | 3952 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 3953 | |
42e69d6b | 3954 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 3955 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3956 | } |
3957 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3958 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3959 | // activation/focus | |
3960 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3961 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3962 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3963 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
3964 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3965 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3966 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
3967 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
3968 | m_windowId); | |
3969 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3970 | ||
937013e0 | 3971 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3972 | } |
3973 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3974 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 3975 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
3976 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
3977 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
3978 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
3979 | { | |
3980 | return false; | |
3981 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 3982 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3983 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
3984 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 3985 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
937013e0 | 3986 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus); |
456bc6d9 | 3987 | |
789295bf | 3988 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3989 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 3990 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 3991 | { |
789295bf | 3992 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 3993 | } |
789295bf | 3994 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3995 | |
ab93a576 RD |
3996 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
3997 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3998 | // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler |
3999 | if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) ) | |
ab93a576 | 4000 | { |
08158721 | 4001 | return false; |
ab93a576 | 4002 | } |
456bc6d9 | 4003 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
ab93a576 | 4004 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4005 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4006 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4007 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4008 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4009 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4010 | ||
937013e0 | 4011 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4012 | } |
4013 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4014 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 4015 | { |
789295bf | 4016 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4017 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4018 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4019 | { |
789295bf | 4020 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4021 | } |
789295bf | 4022 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4023 | |
ab93a576 RD |
4024 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
4025 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
4026 | // after the control gets to process it. | |
4027 | wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl); | |
4028 | if ( ctrl ) | |
4029 | { | |
08158721 | 4030 | return false; |
ab93a576 RD |
4031 | } |
4032 | #endif | |
4033 | ||
2913e597 RD |
4034 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4035 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4036 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4037 | { | |
08158721 | 4038 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4039 | } |
4040 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4041 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4042 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4043 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4044 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4045 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4046 | ||
937013e0 | 4047 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4048 | } |
4049 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4050 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4051 | // labels | |
4052 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4053 | ||
4054 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4055 | { | |
4056 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4057 | } | |
4058 | ||
4059 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4060 | { | |
4061 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4062 | } | |
4063 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4064 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4065 | // miscellaneous | |
4066 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4067 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4068 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4069 | { |
42e69d6b | 4070 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4071 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4072 | |
937013e0 | 4073 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4074 | } |
4075 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4076 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4077 | { |
42e69d6b | 4078 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4079 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4080 | |
937013e0 | 4081 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4082 | } |
4083 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4084 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4085 | { |
7f0586ef | 4086 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4087 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4088 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4089 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4090 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4091 | |
4092 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4093 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4094 | ( |
4095 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4096 | (UINT)-1, | |
4097 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4098 | (UINT)0 | |
4099 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4100 | |
4101 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4102 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4103 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4104 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4105 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4106 | ||
4107 | // and now get the file name | |
4108 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4109 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4110 | } |
42e69d6b | 4111 | DragFinish (hFilesInfo); |
2bda0e17 | 4112 | |
42e69d6b | 4113 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4114 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4115 | |
4116 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4117 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4118 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4119 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4120 | |
937013e0 | 4121 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4122 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4123 | } |
4124 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4125 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4126 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4127 | short nHitTest, | |
4128 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4129 | { |
04ef50df | 4130 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4131 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4132 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4133 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4134 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4135 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4136 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4137 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4138 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4139 | { |
46753a7c | 4140 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4141 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4142 | else // not busy |
4143 | { | |
4144 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4145 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4146 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4147 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4148 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4149 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 | 4150 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
46753a7c | 4151 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt)) |
f2325516 | 4152 | #else |
46753a7c | 4153 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
3fca879c | 4154 | #endif |
46753a7c VZ |
4155 | { |
4156 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
4157 | } | |
43b5058d | 4158 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4159 | int x = pt.x, |
4160 | y = pt.y; | |
4161 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4162 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
42e69d6b | 4163 | |
937013e0 | 4164 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
46753a7c | 4165 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4166 | { |
46753a7c | 4167 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4168 | } |
43b5058d | 4169 | |
46753a7c | 4170 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4171 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4172 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4173 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4174 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4175 | // be used for this point | |
4176 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4177 | { |
46753a7c | 4178 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4179 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4180 | |
4181 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4182 | { |
4183 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
4184 | if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() ) | |
4185 | { | |
4186 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4187 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4188 | } |
4189 | } | |
4190 | } | |
4191 | ||
46753a7c | 4192 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4193 | if ( hcursor ) |
4194 | { | |
4195 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4196 | ||
4197 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4198 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4199 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4200 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4201 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4202 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4203 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4204 | } |
4205 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4206 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4207 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4208 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4209 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4210 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4211 | // FIXME | |
4212 | return false; | |
4213 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4214 | wxEventType evtType; |
4215 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4216 | { | |
4217 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4218 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4219 | break; | |
4220 | ||
4221 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4222 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4223 | break; | |
4224 | ||
4225 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4226 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4227 | break; | |
4228 | ||
4229 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
d4cd85a0 VZ |
4230 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4231 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4232 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4233 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; |
4234 | break; | |
4235 | ||
4236 | default: | |
4237 | wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); | |
4238 | // fall through | |
4239 | ||
4240 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4241 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4242 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4243 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4244 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4245 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4246 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4247 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca VZ |
4248 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
4249 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; | |
4250 | break; | |
4251 | } | |
4252 | ||
4253 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4254 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4255 | return false; | |
4256 | ||
4257 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4258 | ||
4259 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
937013e0 | 4260 | if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
355debca VZ |
4261 | return false; |
4262 | ||
4263 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4264 | ||
4265 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4266 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4267 | } |
4268 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4269 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4270 | { | |
967acfb5 | 4271 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *wnd = this; |
c719013f VZ |
4272 | wnd && !wnd->IsTopLevel(); wnd = |
4273 | wnd->GetParent() ) | |
2e992e06 | 4274 | { |
c719013f | 4275 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(wnd), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED ) |
2e992e06 | 4276 | return true; |
2e992e06 VZ |
4277 | } |
4278 | ||
4279 | return false; | |
4280 | } | |
4281 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4282 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4283 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4284 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4285 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4286 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4287 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4288 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4289 | #else | |
4290 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4291 | #endif | |
4292 | ||
4293 | bool | |
4294 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4295 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4296 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4297 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4298 | |
4299 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4300 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4301 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4302 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4303 | { |
42e69d6b | 4304 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4305 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4306 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4307 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4308 | return false; | |
4309 | ||
4310 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4311 | false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4312 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4313 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4314 | // the DC from being released | |
4315 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4316 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4317 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4318 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4319 | ||
4320 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4321 | ( |
4322 | dc, | |
4323 | rect, | |
4324 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4325 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4326 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4327 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4328 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4329 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4330 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4331 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4332 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4333 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4334 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4335 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4336 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4337 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4338 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4339 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4340 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4341 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4342 | # else | |
4343 | NULL | |
4344 | # endif | |
4345 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4346 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4347 | |
4348 | if ( item ) | |
4349 | { | |
4350 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4351 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4352 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4353 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4354 | ||
08158721 | 4355 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4356 | } |
4357 | ||
61fef19b | 4358 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4359 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4360 | { |
61fef19b | 4361 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4362 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4363 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4364 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4365 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4366 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4367 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4368 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4369 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4370 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4371 | // | |
4372 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4373 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4374 | return false; | |
4375 | ||
4376 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4377 | false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4378 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4379 | size_t w, h; |
4380 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4381 | ||
4382 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4383 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4384 | ||
4385 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4386 | } |
42e69d6b | 4387 | |
567be187 VZ |
4388 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4389 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4390 | { |
567be187 | 4391 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4392 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4393 | #else |
4394 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4395 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4396 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4397 | |
08158721 | 4398 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4399 | } |
4400 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4401 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4402 | // colours and palettes | |
4403 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4404 | |
1e6feb95 | 4405 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4406 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4407 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4408 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4409 | ||
937013e0 | 4410 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
23895080 VZ |
4411 | |
4412 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4413 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4414 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4415 | } |
4416 | ||
574c939e KB |
4417 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4418 | { | |
4419 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4420 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4421 | ||
937013e0 | 4422 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
574c939e KB |
4423 | } |
4424 | ||
04ef50df | 4425 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4426 | |
1a784dfc | 4427 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4428 | { |
3d74a760 | 4429 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4430 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4431 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4432 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4433 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4434 | |
01c500af | 4435 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4436 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4437 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4438 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4439 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4440 | |
01c500af | 4441 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4442 | } |
4443 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4444 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4445 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4446 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4447 | { |
574c939e | 4448 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4449 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4450 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4451 | { | |
574c939e | 4452 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4453 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4454 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4455 | { | |
4456 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4457 | } | |
4458 | ||
4459 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4460 | { | |
4461 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4462 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4463 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4464 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4465 | |
4466 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4467 | |
4468 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4469 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4470 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4471 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4472 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4473 | ||
4474 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4475 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4476 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4477 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4478 | |
4479 | } | |
4480 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4481 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4482 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4483 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4484 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4485 | |
937013e0 | 4486 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4487 | } |
4488 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4489 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4490 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4491 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4492 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4493 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4494 | |
72f8c792 | 4495 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4496 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4497 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4498 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a5e84126 JS |
4499 | } |
4500 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4501 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4502 | { | |
4503 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4504 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4505 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4506 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4507 | ||
4508 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4509 | while ( node ) | |
4510 | { | |
4511 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4512 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4513 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4514 | { | |
4515 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4516 | } | |
4517 | ||
4518 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4519 | } | |
4520 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4521 | // let the system handle it |
4522 | return false; | |
4523 | } | |
4524 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4525 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4526 | { |
574c939e KB |
4527 | |
4528 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4529 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4530 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4531 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4532 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4533 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4534 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4535 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4536 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4537 | |
4538 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4539 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4540 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4541 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4542 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4543 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4544 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4545 | if (result > 0) | |
4546 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4547 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4548 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4549 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4550 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4551 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4552 | ||
937013e0 | 4553 | return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4554 | } |
4555 | ||
4556 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4557 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4558 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4559 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4560 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4561 | // only have to do it once) | |
4562 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4563 | { | |
4564 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4565 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4566 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4567 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4568 | while ( node ) |
4569 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4570 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4571 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4572 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4573 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4574 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4575 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4576 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4577 | // the standard controls | |
4578 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4579 | } |
42e69d6b | 4580 | |
23895080 VZ |
4581 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4582 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4583 | } |
4584 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4585 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4586 | { | |
4587 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4588 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4589 | ||
4590 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4591 | { | |
08158721 | 4592 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4593 | |
4594 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4595 | { | |
4596 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4597 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4598 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4599 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4600 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4601 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4602 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4603 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
90c1530a VZ |
4604 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
4605 | if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() ) | |
4606 | { | |
4607 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4608 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
4609 | _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); | |
4610 | ||
4611 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4612 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4613 | ||
4614 | wxColour colour; | |
4615 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4616 | { | |
4617 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4618 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4619 | } | |
4620 | } | |
4621 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4622 | { | |
4623 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4624 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4625 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4626 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4627 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4628 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4629 | } | |
4630 | ||
08158721 | 4631 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4632 | } |
4633 | ||
08158721 | 4634 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4635 | |
4636 | // create the colour map | |
4637 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4638 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4639 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4640 | ||
4641 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4642 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4643 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4644 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4645 | ||
4646 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | ||
4649 | return s_cmap; | |
4650 | } | |
4651 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4652 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4653 | // painting | |
4654 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4655 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4656 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4657 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4658 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4659 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 4660 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
42e69d6b | 4661 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
f6bcfd97 | 4662 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
c085e333 | 4663 | |
42e69d6b | 4664 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4665 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4666 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4667 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4668 | |
937013e0 | 4669 | bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4670 | |
4671 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise | |
4672 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4673 | // colour | |
4674 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4675 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4676 | HandleWindowEvent(eventNc); |
1e6feb95 | 4677 | |
90df6033 VZ |
4678 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4679 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4680 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4681 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4682 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4683 | } |
4684 | ||
63da7df7 | 4685 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4686 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4687 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4688 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4689 | event.Skip(); | |
4690 | #else | |
888dde65 | 4691 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
63da7df7 JS |
4692 | if (hDC != 0) |
4693 | { | |
4694 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4695 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4696 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4697 | } |
4698 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4699 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
a23fd0e1 | 4700 | { |
e0e6ac8a | 4701 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); |
888dde65 | 4702 | wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
c085e333 | 4703 | |
888dde65 RR |
4704 | impl->SetHDC(hdc); |
4705 | impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
c085e333 | 4706 | |
2bda0e17 | 4707 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
42e69d6b | 4708 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 4709 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
c085e333 | 4710 | |
7561aacd | 4711 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp |
888dde65 | 4712 | impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc); |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
4713 | |
4714 | return rc; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4715 | } |
4716 | ||
8681b094 VZ |
4717 | void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) |
4718 | { | |
52c3e064 VZ |
4719 | // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase |
4720 | // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control- | |
4721 | // specific ways to set the colours (common controls) | |
4722 | if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
b8335252 | 4723 | { |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4724 | event.Skip(); |
4725 | return; | |
4726 | } | |
b8335252 | 4727 | |
06d7ed27 | 4728 | if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4729 | { |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4730 | // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app |
4731 | // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all | |
4732 | // now to avoid flicker | |
4733 | return; | |
4734 | } | |
8681b094 | 4735 | |
888dde65 RR |
4736 | wxDC *dc = event.GetDC(); |
4737 | if (!dc) return; | |
4738 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc->GetImpl(); | |
90df6033 | 4739 | |
06d7ed27 | 4740 | // do default background painting |
888dde65 | 4741 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*impl)) ) |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4742 | { |
4743 | // let the system paint the background | |
4744 | event.Skip(); | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4745 | } |
4746 | } | |
4747 | ||
c3732409 | 4748 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4749 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4750 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4751 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4752 | return false; |
4753 | ||
c3732409 | 4754 | wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr); |
c581abbc VZ |
4755 | |
4756 | return true; | |
4757 | } | |
4758 | ||
c3732409 | 4759 | WXHBRUSH |
2bae4332 | 4760 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd) |
c5bd3c62 | 4761 | { |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4762 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4763 | { | |
8d075f8d VZ |
4764 | // our background colour applies to: |
4765 | // 1. this window itself, always | |
4766 | // 2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable" | |
c3732409 VZ |
4767 | // 3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent |
4768 | // children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent | |
4769 | // children because it would look wrong if a child of non | |
4770 | // transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself | |
4771 | // does not | |
2bae4332 VZ |
4772 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
4773 | if ( win == this || | |
c3732409 | 4774 | m_inheritBgCol || |
2bae4332 VZ |
4775 | (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() && |
4776 | win->GetParent() == this) ) | |
accbb1e7 | 4777 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4778 | // draw children with the same colour as the parent |
4779 | wxBrush * | |
4780 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
4781 | ||
4782 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4783 | } |
4784 | } | |
4785 | ||
c3732409 | 4786 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4787 | } |
8681b094 | 4788 | |
2bae4332 | 4789 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint) |
bdd1a35d | 4790 | { |
2bae4332 VZ |
4791 | if ( !hWndToPaint ) |
4792 | hWndToPaint = GetHWND(); | |
bdd1a35d | 4793 | |
c3732409 | 4794 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4795 | { |
2bae4332 | 4796 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4797 | if ( hBrush ) |
4798 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4799 | |
c3732409 VZ |
4800 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
4801 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 4802 | break; |
01c500af | 4803 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4804 | |
4805 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
4806 | } |
4807 | ||
b728a212 | 4808 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 4809 | { |
b728a212 JG |
4810 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
4811 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
4812 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
4813 | // | |
4814 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
4815 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
4816 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
4817 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
4818 | // | |
4819 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
4820 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
4821 | ||
4822 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4823 | return false; | |
4824 | ||
4825 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
4826 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
4827 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
4828 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
4829 | ||
4830 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
4831 | { | |
4832 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
4833 | return true; | |
4834 | ||
4835 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4836 | break; | |
4837 | } | |
4838 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
4839 | return false; |
4840 | } | |
4841 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4842 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4843 | // moving and resizing | |
4844 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4845 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4846 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
4847 | { |
4848 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
4849 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 4850 | |
937013e0 | 4851 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4852 | } |
4853 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4854 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 4855 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4856 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
4857 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 4858 | |
937013e0 | 4859 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b | 4860 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4861 | |
1e6feb95 | 4862 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 4863 | { |
907173e5 WS |
4864 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
4865 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4866 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
4867 | ||
937013e0 | 4868 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4869 | } |
4870 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4871 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
4872 | { | |
4873 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4874 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4875 | |
937013e0 | 4876 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
4877 | if (rc) |
4878 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4879 | return rc; | |
4880 | } | |
4881 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
4882 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
4883 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4884 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4885 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
4886 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4887 | ||
937013e0 | 4888 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
4889 | } |
4890 | ||
4891 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
4892 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4893 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4894 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
4895 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4896 | ||
937013e0 | 4897 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
4898 | } |
4899 | ||
4bc0f25e | 4900 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 4901 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4902 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
4903 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be | |
4904 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
4905 | int numChildren = 0; | |
4906 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
4907 | child; | |
4908 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
4909 | { | |
4910 | numChildren ++; | |
4911 | } | |
4912 | ||
3fca879c | 4913 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
4914 | bool useDefer = false; |
4915 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4916 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
4917 | { | |
c3723477 | 4918 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 4919 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4920 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
4921 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
4922 | { | |
4923 | wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos")); | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | if (m_hDWP) | |
4926 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4927 | } |
4928 | } | |
f7040b5f | 4929 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 4930 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4931 | // update this window size |
4932 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4933 | switch ( wParam ) |
4934 | { | |
4935 | default: | |
4936 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); | |
4937 | // fall through nevertheless | |
4938 | ||
4939 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
4940 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
4941 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
4942 | break; | |
4943 | ||
4944 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
4945 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
4946 | break; | |
4947 | ||
4948 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 4949 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4950 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
4951 | ||
4952 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
4953 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
4954 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
4955 | // receive the total size | |
4956 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
4957 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4958 | ||
937013e0 | 4959 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4960 | } |
4961 | ||
c3723477 | 4962 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4963 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 4964 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4965 | { |
4966 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
4967 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
4968 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
4969 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
4970 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
4971 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 4972 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4973 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
4974 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
4975 | { | |
4976 | wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos")); | |
4977 | } | |
c3723477 | 4978 | |
da78f3b1 | 4979 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
4980 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
4981 | node; | |
4982 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
4983 | { | |
82e3664e | 4984 | wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData(); |
67644c1d RD |
4985 | child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
4986 | child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
c3723477 | 4987 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 4988 | } |
7d86a2d4 | 4989 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4990 | |
4bc0f25e | 4991 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4992 | } |
4993 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4994 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
4995 | { | |
4996 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4997 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4998 | |
937013e0 | 4999 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5000 | if (rc) |
5001 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5002 | return rc; | |
5003 | } | |
5004 | ||
0c0d1521 | 5005 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 5006 | { |
7f0586ef | 5007 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 5008 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 5009 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
5010 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
5011 | ||
08158721 | 5012 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 5013 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
5014 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
5015 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
5016 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
5017 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 5018 | |
422d0ff0 | 5019 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 5020 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5021 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5022 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5023 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5024 | |
422d0ff0 | 5025 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5026 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5027 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5028 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5029 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5030 | |
422d0ff0 | 5031 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5032 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5033 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5034 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5035 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5036 | |
422d0ff0 | 5037 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5038 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5039 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5040 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5041 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5042 | |
42e69d6b | 5043 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5044 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5045 | } |
2d0a075d | 5046 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5047 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5048 | // command messages | |
5049 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5050 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5051 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5052 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5053 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5054 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5055 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5056 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5057 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5058 | { |
5059 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5060 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5061 | ||
5062 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5063 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5064 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5065 | |
8c290175 | 5066 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5067 | |
5068 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5069 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5070 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5071 | { |
71292fab | 5072 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5073 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5074 | |
71292fab VZ |
5075 | // try the id |
5076 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5077 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5078 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5079 | } |
5080 | ||
5081 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5082 | { |
42e69d6b | 5083 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5084 | } |
5085 | ||
5086 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5087 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5088 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5089 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5090 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5091 | { |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5092 | // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu |
5093 | // command | |
a84fc80b JS |
5094 | |
5095 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED); | |
5096 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5097 | event.SetId(id); | |
5098 | event.SetInt(id); | |
b94ae1ea | 5099 | |
937013e0 | 5100 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a84fc80b | 5101 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5102 | else |
5103 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5104 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5105 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5106 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5107 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5108 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5109 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5110 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5111 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5112 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5113 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5114 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5115 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5116 | // wxChoice | |
5117 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5118 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5119 | return true; | |
5120 | #endif | |
5121 | } | |
5122 | ||
08158721 | 5123 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5124 | } |
5125 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5126 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5127 | // mouse events | |
5128 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5129 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5130 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5131 | int x, int y, | |
5132 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5133 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5134 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5135 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5136 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5137 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5138 | ||
5139 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5140 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5141 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5142 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5143 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5144 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5145 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5146 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5147 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5148 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5149 | |
f0b1ccde | 5150 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5151 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5152 | #endif |
5153 | ||
687706f5 | 5154 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5155 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5156 | |
5157 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5158 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5159 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5160 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5161 | } |
5162 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5163 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5164 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5165 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5166 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5167 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5168 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5169 | // to. | |
5170 | // | |
5171 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5172 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5173 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5174 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 VZ |
5175 | { |
5176 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); | |
5177 | ||
5178 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5179 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5180 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5181 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5182 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5183 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5184 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5185 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5186 | ( | |
5187 | hwnd, | |
5188 | pt | |
5189 | ); | |
5190 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5191 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5192 | ( | |
5193 | hwnd, | |
5194 | pt, | |
5195 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5196 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5197 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5198 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5199 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5200 | |
5201 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5202 | { |
5203 | // now try any child window at all | |
5204 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5205 | } | |
5206 | ||
5207 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5208 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5209 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5210 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5211 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5212 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5213 | { | |
5214 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse); | |
5215 | if ( winUnderMouse ) | |
5216 | { | |
5217 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5218 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5219 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5220 | ||
5221 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5222 | } | |
5223 | } | |
5224 | ||
5225 | return win; | |
5226 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5227 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5228 | |
1e6feb95 | 5229 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5230 | { |
42e69d6b | 5231 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5232 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5233 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5234 | // id | |
5235 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5236 | { | |
5237 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5238 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5239 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5240 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5241 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5242 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5243 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5244 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5245 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5246 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5247 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5248 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5249 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5250 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5251 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5252 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5253 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5254 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5255 | |
2f68482e | 5256 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5257 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5258 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5259 | switch ( msg ) | |
5260 | { | |
5261 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5262 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5263 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5264 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5265 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5266 | } | |
2f68482e | 5267 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5268 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5269 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5270 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5271 | ||
937013e0 | 5272 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5273 | } |
5274 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5275 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5276 | { |
5277 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5278 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5279 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5280 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5281 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5282 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5283 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5284 | { | |
5285 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5286 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5287 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5288 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5289 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5290 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5291 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5292 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5293 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5294 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5295 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5296 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5297 | { | |
5298 | wxLogNull noLog; | |
5299 | ||
5300 | wxDynamicLibrary dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM); | |
5301 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) | |
5302 | { | |
5303 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
5304 | dllComCtl32.GetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent")); | |
5305 | } | |
5306 | ||
5307 | s_initDone = true; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5308 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5309 | // notice that it's ok to unload comctl32.dll here as it won't |
5310 | // be really unloaded, being still in use because we link to it | |
5311 | // statically too | |
5312 | } | |
5313 | ||
5314 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5315 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5316 | { | |
5317 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5318 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5319 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5320 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5321 | ||
5322 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5323 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5324 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5325 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5326 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5327 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5328 | |
937013e0 | 5329 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 5330 | } |
42e69d6b | 5331 | } |
cff58b52 | 5332 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5333 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5334 | { |
5335 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5336 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5337 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5338 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5339 | { | |
5340 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5341 | } | |
5342 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5343 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5344 | |
5345 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5346 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5347 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5348 | // | |
5349 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5350 | // other platforms | |
5351 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5352 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5353 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5354 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5355 | { | |
5356 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5357 | { | |
5358 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5359 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5360 | return false; |
5361 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5362 | } |
5363 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5364 | ||
5365 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5366 | } | |
5367 | ||
d2c52078 | 5368 | |
24ce4c18 | 5369 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
d2c52078 RD |
5370 | { |
5371 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5372 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5373 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5374 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5375 | // consistency | |
5376 | const wxPoint | |
5377 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5378 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5379 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5380 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5381 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
5382 | ||
0f7a546d RD |
5383 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5384 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5385 | { | |
5386 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5387 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5388 | { | |
5389 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
5390 | wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); | |
5391 | ||
5392 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5393 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5394 | } | |
5395 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5396 | |
0f7a546d | 5397 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
937013e0 | 5398 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5399 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5400 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5401 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5402 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5403 | |
08158721 | 5404 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5405 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5406 | } |
5407 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5408 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5409 | { | |
5410 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5411 | ||
5412 | int state = 0; | |
5413 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5414 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5415 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5416 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5417 | ||
5418 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5419 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5420 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5421 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5422 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5423 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5424 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5425 | ||
5426 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5427 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5428 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) ) | |
5429 | #else | |
51e4e266 | 5430 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
f2325516 | 5431 | #endif |
51e4e266 VZ |
5432 | { |
5433 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos")); | |
5434 | } | |
5435 | ||
5436 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5437 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5438 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5439 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5440 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5441 | ||
5442 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5443 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5444 | ||
937013e0 | 5445 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
51e4e266 | 5446 | } |
d2c52078 | 5447 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5448 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5449 | // keyboard handling | |
5450 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5451 | ||
c42404a5 VZ |
5452 | // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by |
5453 | // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up | |
1e6feb95 | 5454 | wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, |
b09bda68 | 5455 | int id, |
9c7df356 VZ |
5456 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
5457 | WXWPARAM wParam) const | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5458 | { |
5459 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5460 | event.SetId(GetId()); | |
3f7bc32b VZ |
5461 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5462 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5463 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5464 | ||
687706f5 | 5465 | event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast |
c42404a5 | 5466 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
0d9b2c16 | 5467 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
32b13913 | 5468 | event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam; |
0d9b2c16 | 5469 | #endif |
9c7df356 VZ |
5470 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5471 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5472 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5473 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5474 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5475 | |
5476 | // translate the position to client coords | |
5477 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5478 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5479 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
5480 | #else | |
c42404a5 | 5481 | GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 5482 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5483 | RECT rect; |
5484 | GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect); | |
5485 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5486 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5487 | ||
5488 | event.m_x = pt.x; | |
5489 | event.m_y = pt.y; | |
5490 | ||
5491 | return event; | |
5492 | } | |
5493 | ||
08158721 | 5494 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from |
42e69d6b | 5495 | // WM_KEYDOWN one |
1e6feb95 | 5496 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5497 | { |
5498 | int id; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5499 | if ( isASCII ) |
5500 | { | |
42e69d6b | 5501 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5502 | } |
9c7df356 | 5503 | else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN |
c42404a5 | 5504 | { |
6121a198 VZ |
5505 | // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want |
5506 | // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys | |
5507 | // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events | |
5508 | id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam); | |
9c7df356 | 5509 | if ( id == 0 ) |
c42404a5 | 5510 | { |
9c7df356 | 5511 | // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from |
08158721 DS |
5512 | // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now |
5513 | return false; | |
c42404a5 | 5514 | } |
9c7df356 | 5515 | } |
42e69d6b | 5516 | |
9c7df356 | 5517 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam)); |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5518 | |
5519 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European | |
5520 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5521 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5522 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5523 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5524 | // needed) | |
5525 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
5526 | (id >= 32 && id < 256) ) | |
9c7df356 | 5527 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5528 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5529 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5530 | } |
c42404a5 | 5531 | |
937013e0 | 5532 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5533 | } |
5534 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5535 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5536 | { |
ff792344 | 5537 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5538 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5539 | if ( !id ) |
5540 | { | |
5541 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5542 | id = wParam; |
5543 | } | |
5544 | ||
b60978b2 | 5545 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam)); |
937013e0 | 5546 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5547 | } |
5548 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5549 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5550 | { |
ff792344 | 5551 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5552 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5553 | if ( !id ) |
5554 | { | |
5555 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b | 5556 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5557 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5558 | |
b60978b2 | 5559 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam)); |
937013e0 | 5560 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5561 | } |
5562 | ||
53a118d6 | 5563 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5564 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5565 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5566 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5567 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5568 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5569 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5570 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5571 | ||
5572 | MENUITEMINFO mii; | |
5573 | wxZeroMemory(mii); | |
5574 | mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5575 | |
5576 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5577 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5578 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5579 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5580 | ||
5581 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5582 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5583 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5584 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5585 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5586 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5587 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5588 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5589 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5590 | { | |
5591 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5592 | { | |
5593 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5594 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5595 | // menu creation code | |
5596 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5597 | ||
967d3d97 | 5598 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetItemLabel().wx_str(), _T('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5599 | while ( p++ ) |
5600 | { | |
5601 | if ( *p == _T('&') ) | |
5602 | { | |
5603 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
5604 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&')); | |
5605 | } | |
5606 | else // got the accel char | |
5607 | { | |
5608 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5609 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5610 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5611 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5612 | { |
5613 | return i; | |
5614 | } | |
5615 | else | |
5616 | { | |
5617 | // this one doesn't match | |
5618 | break; | |
5619 | } | |
5620 | } | |
5621 | } | |
5622 | } | |
5623 | } | |
e39af974 | 5624 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5625 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5626 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
b74cce40 VZ |
5627 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
5628 | } | |
5629 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5630 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5631 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5632 | } | |
5633 | ||
78c91815 VZ |
5634 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg ) |
5635 | { | |
5636 | const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT : | |
5637 | ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY : | |
5638 | /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
5639 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); | |
5640 | ||
5641 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5642 | ||
937013e0 | 5643 | return HandleWindowEvent(evt); |
78c91815 | 5644 | } |
53a118d6 | 5645 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
78c91815 | 5646 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5647 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5648 | // joystick | |
5649 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5650 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5651 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5652 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5653 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5654 | int change = 0; |
5655 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5656 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5657 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5658 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5659 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5660 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5661 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5662 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5663 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5664 | int buttons = 0; |
5665 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5666 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5667 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5668 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5669 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5670 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5671 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5672 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5673 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5674 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5675 | int joystick; | |
5676 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5677 | switch ( msg ) | |
5678 | { | |
5679 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5680 | joystick = 1; | |
5681 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5682 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5683 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5684 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5685 | joystick = 2; | |
5686 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5687 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5688 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5689 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5690 | joystick = 1; | |
5691 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5692 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5693 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5694 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5695 | joystick = 2; | |
5696 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5697 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5698 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5699 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5700 | joystick = 1; | |
5701 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5702 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5703 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5704 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5705 | joystick = 2; | |
5706 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5707 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5708 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5709 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5710 | joystick = 1; | |
5711 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5712 | break; | |
5713 | ||
5714 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5715 | joystick = 2; | |
5716 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5717 | break; | |
5718 | ||
5719 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5720 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5721 | |
08158721 | 5722 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5723 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5724 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5725 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
5726 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
5727 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5728 | |
937013e0 | 5729 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5730 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5731 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5732 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5733 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5734 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5735 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5736 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5737 | } |
5738 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5739 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5740 | // scrolling | |
5741 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5742 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5743 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5744 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5745 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5746 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5747 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5748 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5749 | if ( child ) | |
5750 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5751 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5752 | |
9145664b | 5753 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5754 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5755 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5756 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5757 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5758 | switch ( wParam ) |
5759 | { | |
5760 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5761 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5762 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5763 | |
42e69d6b | 5764 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5765 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 5766 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5767 | |
42e69d6b | 5768 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 5769 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5770 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5771 | |
42e69d6b | 5772 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5773 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5774 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 5775 | |
42e69d6b | 5776 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 5777 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5778 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5779 | |
42e69d6b | 5780 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5781 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5782 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5783 | |
42e69d6b | 5784 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 5785 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5786 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
5787 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
5788 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
5789 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
5790 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
5791 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 5792 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5793 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
5794 | ||
5795 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
5796 | orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ | |
5797 | : SB_VERT, | |
5798 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
5799 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 5800 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
f676b387 | 5801 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5802 | } |
5803 | ||
5804 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
5805 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 5806 | |
687706f5 | 5807 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 5808 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 5809 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 5810 | break; |
c085e333 | 5811 | |
42e69d6b | 5812 | default: |
08158721 | 5813 | return false; |
564b2609 | 5814 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5815 | |
937013e0 | 5816 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5817 | } |
5818 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
5819 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5820 | // custom message handlers | |
5821 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5822 | ||
5823 | /* static */ bool | |
5824 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5825 | { | |
5826 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
5827 | false, _T("registering handler for the same message twice") ); | |
5828 | ||
5829 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
5830 | return true; | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | ||
5833 | /* static */ void | |
5834 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5835 | { | |
5836 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
5837 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
5838 | _T("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); | |
5839 | ||
5840 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
5841 | } | |
5842 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5843 | // =========================================================================== |
5844 | // global functions | |
5845 | // =========================================================================== | |
5846 | ||
7a5e53ab | 5847 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 5848 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5849 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
5850 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 5851 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 5852 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
5853 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
5854 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 5855 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
5856 | if ( fnt ) |
5857 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 5858 | |
42e69d6b | 5859 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 5860 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 5861 | { |
42e69d6b | 5862 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 5863 | } |
42e69d6b | 5864 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
5865 | |
5866 | if ( x ) | |
5867 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
5868 | if ( y ) | |
5869 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 5870 | |
7a5e53ab | 5871 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 5872 | } |
c085e333 | 5873 | |
5004c3ad JG |
5874 | // use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys |
5875 | // from normal keys as the same key is sent | |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5876 | static inline |
5877 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) | |
5004c3ad | 5878 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5879 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
5880 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
5881 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
5882 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
5883 | return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; | |
5004c3ad JG |
5884 | } |
5885 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
5886 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
5887 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below | |
5888 | // | |
5889 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
5890 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
5891 | static const struct wxKeyMapping | |
5892 | { | |
5893 | int vk; | |
5894 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
5895 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
5896 | { | |
5897 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
5898 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
5899 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
5900 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
5901 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
5902 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
5903 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
5904 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
5905 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
5906 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
5907 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
5908 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
5909 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
5910 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
5911 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
5912 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5913 | |
5914 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
5915 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
5916 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
5917 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
5918 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
5919 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
5920 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
5921 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
5922 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
5923 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
5924 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
5925 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
5926 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
5927 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
5928 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
5929 | ||
5930 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
5931 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
5932 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
5933 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
5934 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
5935 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
5936 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
5937 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
5938 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
5939 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
5940 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
5941 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
5942 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
5943 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
5944 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
5945 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
5946 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
5947 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
5948 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
5949 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
5950 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
5951 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
5952 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
5953 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
5954 | ||
5955 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
5956 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
5957 | ||
5958 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
5959 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
5960 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
5961 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
5962 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
5963 | }; | |
5964 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5965 | // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that |
5966 | // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead. | |
d5c21b02 | 5967 | int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 5968 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5969 | // check the table first |
5970 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
5971 | { | |
5972 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5973 | return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
5974 | } | |
9c7df356 | 5975 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5976 | // keys requiring special handling |
5977 | int wxk; | |
5978 | switch ( vk ) | |
5979 | { | |
e77c5d96 VZ |
5980 | // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so |
5981 | // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5982 | case VK_OEM_1: wxk = ';'; break; |
5983 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: wxk = '+'; break; | |
5984 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: wxk = ','; break; | |
5985 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: wxk = '-'; break; | |
5986 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break; | |
5987 | case VK_OEM_2: wxk = '/'; break; | |
5988 | case VK_OEM_3: wxk = '~'; break; | |
5989 | case VK_OEM_4: wxk = '['; break; | |
5990 | case VK_OEM_5: wxk = '\\'; break; | |
5991 | case VK_OEM_6: wxk = ']'; break; | |
5992 | case VK_OEM_7: wxk = '\''; break; | |
702c4208 | 5993 | |
5004c3ad | 5994 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 5995 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 5996 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 5997 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5998 | |
413553cc | 5999 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 6000 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 6001 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6002 | |
413553cc | 6003 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 6004 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 6005 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6006 | |
413553cc | 6007 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 6008 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 6009 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6010 | |
413553cc | 6011 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 6012 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 6013 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6014 | |
413553cc | 6015 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 6016 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 6017 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6018 | |
413553cc | 6019 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 6020 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6021 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6022 | |
413553cc | 6023 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6024 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6025 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6026 | |
413553cc | 6027 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6028 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6029 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6030 | |
413553cc | 6031 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6032 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6033 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6034 | |
ff792344 | 6035 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6036 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6037 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
d5c21b02 | 6038 | wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
ff792344 VZ |
6039 | break; |
6040 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6041 | default: |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6042 | wxk = 0; |
6043 | } | |
6044 | ||
6045 | return wxk; | |
6046 | } | |
6047 | ||
6048 | WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual) | |
6049 | { | |
6050 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
6051 | *isVirtual = true; | |
6052 | ||
6053 | // check the table first | |
6054 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6055 | { | |
6056 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
6057 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; | |
6058 | } | |
6059 | ||
6060 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
6061 | WXWORD vk; | |
6062 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6063 | { | |
71403278 VZ |
6064 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
6065 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: | |
6066 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6067 | break; | |
6068 | ||
6069 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6070 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: | |
6071 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6072 | break; | |
6073 | ||
6074 | case WXK_END: | |
6075 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: | |
6076 | vk = VK_END; | |
6077 | break; | |
6078 | ||
6079 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6080 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: | |
6081 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6082 | break; | |
6083 | ||
6084 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6085 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: | |
6086 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6087 | break; | |
6088 | ||
6089 | case WXK_UP: | |
6090 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: | |
6091 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6092 | break; | |
6093 | ||
6094 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6095 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: | |
6096 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6097 | break; | |
6098 | ||
6099 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6100 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: | |
6101 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6102 | break; | |
6103 | ||
6104 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
6105 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: | |
6106 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6107 | break; | |
6108 | ||
6109 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
6110 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: | |
6111 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6112 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6113 | |
6114 | default: | |
06d7ed27 VZ |
6115 | if ( isVirtual ) |
6116 | *isVirtual = false; | |
6117 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; | |
6118 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 6119 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6120 | |
6121 | return vk; | |
6122 | } | |
6123 | ||
b8f434e7 JS |
6124 | #ifndef SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6125 | #define SM_SWAPBUTTON 23 | |
6126 | #endif | |
6127 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6128 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() |
6129 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6130 | { | |
b8f434e7 JS |
6131 | switch (vk) |
6132 | { | |
6133 | case VK_LBUTTON: | |
f4322df6 | 6134 | if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) vk = VK_RBUTTON; |
b8f434e7 JS |
6135 | break; |
6136 | case VK_RBUTTON: | |
6137 | if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6138 | break; | |
6139 | } | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6140 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6141 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6142 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6143 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6144 | } |
6145 | ||
1751226c | 6146 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6147 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6148 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6149 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6150 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6151 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6152 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6153 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6154 | |
d5c21b02 | 6155 | const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key); |
44353523 | 6156 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6157 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6158 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6159 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6160 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6161 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6162 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6163 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6164 | |
fdec2c05 | 6165 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6166 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6167 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6168 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6169 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6170 | } |
6171 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6172 | |
6173 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6174 | { | |
6175 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6176 | POINT pt; | |
6177 | GetCursorPos( &pt ); | |
6178 | ||
6179 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6180 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6181 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6182 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6183 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6184 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6185 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6186 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6187 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6188 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6189 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6190 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6191 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6192 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6193 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6194 | return ms; |
6195 | } | |
6196 | ||
6197 | ||
42e69d6b | 6198 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6199 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6200 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6201 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6202 | { |
42e69d6b | 6203 | return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6204 | } |
42e69d6b | 6205 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6206 | } |
6207 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6208 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6209 | { | |
6210 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6211 | ||
6212 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6213 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6214 | // window hierarchy | |
6215 | wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
6216 | if ( hwnd ) | |
6217 | { | |
6218 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6219 | if ( !win ) | |
6220 | { | |
a2242341 | 6221 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
8614c467 VZ |
6222 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6223 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6224 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6225 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6226 | { |
975b6bcf | 6227 | win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6228 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6229 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6230 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6231 | ||
6232 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6233 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6234 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6235 | if ( !win ) |
6236 | { | |
6237 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6238 | } | |
6239 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6240 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6241 | } |
6242 | ||
6243 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6244 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6245 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6246 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6247 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6248 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6249 | // | |
6250 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6251 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6252 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6253 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6254 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6255 | { | |
6256 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6257 | break; | |
6258 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6259 | #endif |
761989ff | 6260 | |
8614c467 | 6261 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
761989ff | 6262 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6263 | } |
6264 | ||
6265 | return win; | |
6266 | } | |
6267 | ||
7f0586ef | 6268 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6269 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6270 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6271 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6272 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
6273 | static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0; | |
6274 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT | |
6275 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam); | |
2bda0e17 | 6276 | |
42e69d6b | 6277 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
2bda0e17 | 6278 | { |
42e69d6b | 6279 | if ( doIt ) |
2d0a075d | 6280 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6281 | wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance()); |
6282 | wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(), | |
c7527e3f | 6283 | |
8614c467 | 6284 | GetCurrentThreadId() |
42e69d6b | 6285 | // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right? |
8614c467 | 6286 | ); |
2d0a075d | 6287 | } |
2d0a075d | 6288 | else |
2d0a075d | 6289 | { |
42e69d6b | 6290 | UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); |
2d0a075d | 6291 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
6292 | } |
6293 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6294 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT |
6295 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) | |
2bda0e17 | 6296 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6297 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6298 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6299 | { |
ff792344 | 6300 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
32de7d24 | 6301 | if ( id != 0 ) |
43d811ea | 6302 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6303 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
6304 | if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN ) | |
08158721 | 6305 | event.m_altDown = true; |
c085e333 | 6306 | |
687706f5 | 6307 | event.SetEventObject(NULL); |
42e69d6b | 6308 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
3f7bc32b VZ |
6309 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
6310 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
f0b1ccde | 6311 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 6312 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 6313 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 6314 | wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow(); |
32de7d24 | 6315 | wxEvtHandler *handler; |
42e69d6b VZ |
6316 | if ( win ) |
6317 | { | |
32de7d24 VZ |
6318 | handler = win->GetEventHandler(); |
6319 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6320 | } |
6321 | else | |
6322 | { | |
32de7d24 | 6323 | handler = wxTheApp; |
abb74e0f | 6324 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); |
32de7d24 VZ |
6325 | } |
6326 | ||
6327 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
6328 | { | |
6329 | // processed | |
6330 | return 1; | |
42e69d6b | 6331 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6332 | } |
6333 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6334 | |
42e69d6b | 6335 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6336 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
6337 | |
6338 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ | |
4fabb575 | 6339 | |
b2aef89b | 6340 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
4a712ba3 | 6341 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6342 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6343 | switch ( message ) |
6344 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6345 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6346 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6347 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6348 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6349 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6350 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6351 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6352 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6353 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6354 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6355 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6356 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6357 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6358 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6359 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6360 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6361 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6362 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6363 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6364 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6365 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6366 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6367 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6368 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6369 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6370 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6371 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6372 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6373 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6374 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6375 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6376 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6377 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6378 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6379 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6380 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6381 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6382 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6383 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6384 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6385 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6386 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6387 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6388 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6389 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6390 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6391 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6392 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6393 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6394 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6395 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6396 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6397 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6398 | ||
6399 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6400 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6401 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6402 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6403 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6404 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6405 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6406 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6407 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6408 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6409 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6410 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6411 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6412 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6413 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6414 | ||
6415 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6416 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6417 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6418 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6419 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6420 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6421 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6422 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6423 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6424 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6425 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6426 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6427 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6428 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6429 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6430 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6431 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6432 | |
6433 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6434 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6435 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6436 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6437 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6438 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6439 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6440 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6441 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6442 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6443 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6444 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6445 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6446 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6447 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6448 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6449 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6450 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6451 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6452 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6453 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6454 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6455 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6456 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6457 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6458 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6459 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6460 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6461 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6462 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6463 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6464 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6465 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6466 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6467 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6468 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6469 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6470 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6471 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6472 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6473 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6474 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6475 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6476 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6477 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6478 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6479 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6480 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6481 | ||
6482 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6483 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6484 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6485 | ||
6486 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6487 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6488 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6489 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6490 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6491 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6492 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6493 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6494 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6495 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6496 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6497 | |
6498 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); | |
6499 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6500 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6501 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6502 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6503 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6504 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6505 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6506 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6507 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6508 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6509 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6510 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6511 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6512 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6513 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6514 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6515 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6516 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6517 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6518 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6519 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6520 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6521 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6522 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6523 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6524 | ||
6525 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6526 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6527 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6528 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6529 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6530 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6531 | ||
6532 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6533 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6534 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6535 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6536 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6537 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6538 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6539 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6540 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6541 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6542 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6543 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6544 | ||
6545 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6546 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6547 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6548 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6549 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6550 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6551 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6552 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6553 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6554 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6555 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6556 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6557 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6558 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6559 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6560 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6561 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6562 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6563 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6564 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6565 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6566 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6567 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6568 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6569 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6570 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6571 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6572 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6573 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6574 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6575 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6576 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6577 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6578 | |
6579 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6580 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6581 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6582 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6583 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6584 | |
2d0a075d | 6585 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6586 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6587 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6588 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6589 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6590 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6591 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6592 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6593 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6594 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6595 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6596 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6597 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6598 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6599 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6600 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6601 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6602 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6603 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6604 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6605 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6606 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6607 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6608 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6609 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6610 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6611 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6612 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6613 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6614 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6615 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6616 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6617 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6618 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6619 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6620 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6621 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6622 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6623 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6624 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6625 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6626 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6627 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6628 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6629 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6630 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6631 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6632 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6633 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6634 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6635 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6636 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6637 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6638 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6639 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6640 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6641 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6642 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6643 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6644 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
6645 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
6646 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
6647 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
6648 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6649 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6650 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
6651 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6652 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6653 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
6654 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
6655 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6656 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6657 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
6658 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
6659 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6660 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6661 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
6662 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 6663 | |
2d0a075d | 6664 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6665 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
6666 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6667 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6668 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
6669 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6670 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
6671 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
6672 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
6673 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6674 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6675 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6676 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
6677 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6678 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6679 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6680 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6681 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6682 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6683 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6684 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
6685 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
6686 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6687 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
6688 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6689 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
6690 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
6691 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6692 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6693 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6694 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 6695 | |
2d0a075d | 6696 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6697 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
6698 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6699 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6700 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6701 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
6702 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
6703 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
6704 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
6705 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
6706 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
6707 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6708 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6709 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6710 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
6711 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6712 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
6713 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
6714 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 6715 | |
2d0a075d | 6716 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6717 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
6718 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6719 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6720 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
6721 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
6722 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
6723 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
6724 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6725 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6726 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6727 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6728 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6729 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
6730 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
6731 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
6732 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
6733 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
6734 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
6735 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
6736 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
6737 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
6738 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6739 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6740 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
6741 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
6742 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
6743 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 6744 | |
2d0a075d | 6745 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6746 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
6747 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
6748 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
6749 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
6750 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
6751 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
6752 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
6753 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
6754 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
6755 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
6756 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
6757 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
6758 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
6759 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
6760 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
6761 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
6762 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
6763 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
6764 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
6765 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
6766 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
6767 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
6768 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
6769 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
6770 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6771 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
6772 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6773 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
6774 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
6775 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6776 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6777 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
6778 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
6779 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
6780 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
6781 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
6782 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
6783 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
6784 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
6785 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
6786 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
6787 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6788 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6789 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
6790 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
6791 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6792 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6793 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6794 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6795 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
6796 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
6797 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6798 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
6799 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
6800 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
6801 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 6802 | |
42e69d6b | 6803 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6804 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
6805 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
6806 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 6807 | } |
47cbd6da | 6808 | } |
ea57084d | 6809 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
4aff28fc | 6810 | |
1e6feb95 | 6811 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6812 | { |
6813 | // prepare the DC | |
6814 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
6815 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
6816 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
6817 | ||
6818 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6819 | // and select the current font into it | |
6820 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
6821 | if ( hfont ) | |
6822 | { | |
6823 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6824 | } | |
6825 | #endif | |
6826 | ||
6827 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
6828 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
6829 | ||
6830 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6831 | // and clean up | |
6832 | if ( hfont ) | |
6833 | { | |
6834 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6835 | } | |
6836 | #endif | |
6837 | ||
6838 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
6839 | ||
6840 | return tm; | |
6841 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
6842 | |
6843 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
6844 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 6845 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 6846 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
6847 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
6848 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
6849 | } |
6850 | ||
6851 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
6852 | { | |
6853 | POINT pt2; | |
6854 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
6855 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 6856 | |
ab3eae34 | 6857 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
3723b7b1 | 6858 | |
ab3eae34 | 6859 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6860 | } |
6861 | ||
6862 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
6863 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
6864 | { | |
1772ead0 | 6865 | POINT pt; |
f2325516 JS |
6866 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
6867 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
6868 | #else | |
1772ead0 | 6869 | GetCursorPos( & pt ); |
f2325516 | 6870 | #endif |
5cd16c0c | 6871 | |
1772ead0 | 6872 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6873 | } |
6874 | ||
5048c832 | 6875 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 6876 | |
afafd942 JS |
6877 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6878 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
6879 | { | |
6880 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
6881 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
6882 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
6883 | ||
6884 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
6885 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll")); | |
6886 | if (hCoreDll) | |
6887 | { | |
6888 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1")); | |
6889 | if (procUnregisterFunc) | |
6890 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
6891 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
6892 | } | |
6893 | } | |
6894 | #endif | |
6895 | ||
540b6b09 | 6896 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
6897 | { |
6898 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6899 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
6900 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
6901 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
6902 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
6903 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
6904 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
6905 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
6906 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
6907 | ||
afafd942 JS |
6908 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6909 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
6910 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
6911 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
6912 | #endif | |
6913 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6914 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
6915 | { | |
6916 | wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey")); | |
5048c832 | 6917 | |
08158721 | 6918 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6919 | } |
6920 | ||
08158721 | 6921 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6922 | } |
6923 | ||
6924 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
6925 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
6926 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6927 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
6928 | #endif | |
6929 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6930 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
6931 | { | |
6932 | wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey")); | |
6933 | ||
08158721 | 6934 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6935 | } |
6936 | ||
08158721 | 6937 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6938 | } |
6939 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
6940 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
6941 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6942 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
6943 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6944 | int hotkeyId = wParam; |
6945 | int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam); | |
6946 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); | |
6947 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6948 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam)); |
6949 | event.SetId(hotkeyId); | |
6950 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; | |
6951 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
6952 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
6953 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 | 6954 | |
937013e0 | 6955 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5048c832 | 6956 | } |
540b6b09 | 6957 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
6958 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
6959 | ||
540b6b09 | 6960 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 6961 | |
550049c2 | 6962 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 6963 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 6964 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6965 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
6966 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
6967 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
6968 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
6969 | // dispatching otherwise | |
6970 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
6971 | { | |
d79df32c | 6972 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 6973 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 6974 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6975 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
6976 | ( |
6977 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
6978 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
6979 | NULL, | |
6980 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6981 | ); | |
d79df32c | 6982 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6983 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
6984 | { | |
6985 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); | |
6986 | ||
6987 | return false; | |
6988 | } | |
6989 | ||
6990 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 6991 | } |
550049c2 | 6992 | |
3a3c8603 | 6993 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 6994 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
6995 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
6996 | } | |
550049c2 | 6997 | |
3a3c8603 | 6998 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 6999 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7000 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
7001 | |
7002 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
7003 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
7004 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
7005 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 7006 | { |
550049c2 | 7007 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 7008 | } |
550049c2 | 7009 | |
3a3c8603 | 7010 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 7011 | } |
550049c2 | 7012 | |
d79df32c | 7013 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 7014 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
7015 | |
7016 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 7017 | }; |
d79df32c | 7018 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7019 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
7020 | ||
7021 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7022 | ||
7023 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7024 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7025 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7026 | ||
7027 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7028 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7029 | { | |
7030 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7033 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7034 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7035 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7036 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7037 | while (current) | |
7038 | { | |
7039 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7040 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7041 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7042 | } | |
7043 | } | |
7044 | #endif | |
7045 | ||
7046 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7047 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7048 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7049 | { | |
7050 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7051 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7052 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7053 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7054 | event.Skip(); |
7055 | } | |
7056 | #endif |